SemaDecl.cpp revision 239cbb023c8da689e7722f7146914eed9755e368
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 29#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 31#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 37// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 38#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 39#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 40#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 41#include <algorithm> 42#include <cstring> 43#include <functional> 44using namespace clang; 45using namespace sema; 46 47Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 48 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 49} 50 51/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 52/// return the declaration of that type. 53/// 54/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 55/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 56/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 57/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 58/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 59/// 60/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 61/// and then return NULL. 62ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 63 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 64 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 65 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 66 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 67 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 68 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 69 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 70 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 71 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 72 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 73 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 74 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 75 76 if (!LookupCtx) { 77 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 78 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 79 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 80 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 81 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 82 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 83 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 84 // 85 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 86 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 87 if (!isClassName) 88 return ParsedType(); 89 90 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 91 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 92 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 93 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 94 95 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 96 QualType T = 97 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 98 II, NameLoc); 99 100 return ParsedType::make(T); 101 } 102 103 return ParsedType(); 104 } 105 106 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 107 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 108 return ParsedType(); 109 } 110 111 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 112 // lookup for class-names. 113 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 114 LookupOrdinaryName; 115 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 116 if (LookupCtx) { 117 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 118 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 119 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 120 // nested-name-specifier. 121 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 122 123 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 124 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 125 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 126 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 127 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 128 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 129 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 130 LookupName(Result, S); 131 } 132 } else { 133 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 134 LookupName(Result, S); 135 } 136 137 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 138 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 139 case LookupResult::NotFound: 140 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 141 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 142 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 143 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 144 return ParsedType(); 145 146 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 147 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 148 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 149 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 150 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 151 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 152 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 153 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 154 return ParsedType(); 155 } 156 157 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 158 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 159 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 160 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 161 if (!IIDecl || 162 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 163 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 164 IIDecl = *Res; 165 } 166 } 167 168 if (!IIDecl) { 169 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 170 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 171 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 172 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 173 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 174 // a type name. 175 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 176 return ParsedType(); 177 } 178 179 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 180 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 181 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 182 // perform the name lookup again. 183 break; 184 185 case LookupResult::Found: 186 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 187 break; 188 } 189 190 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 191 192 QualType T; 193 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 194 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 195 196 if (T.isNull()) 197 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 198 199 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 200 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 201 // Construct a type with type-source information. 202 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 203 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 204 205 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 206 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 207 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 208 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 209 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 210 } else { 211 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 212 } 213 } 214 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 215 if (!HasTrailingDot) 216 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 217 } 218 219 if (T.isNull()) { 220 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 221 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 222 return ParsedType(); 223 } 224 return ParsedType::make(T); 225} 226 227/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 228/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 229/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 230/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 231/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 232DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 233 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 234 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 235 LookupName(R, S, false); 236 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 237 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 238 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 239 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 240 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 241 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 242 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 243 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 244 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 245 } 246 } 247 248 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 249} 250 251bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 252 SourceLocation IILoc, 253 Scope *S, 254 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 255 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 256 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 257 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 258 259 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 260 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 261 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 262 NotForRedeclaration); 263 264 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 265 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 266 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 267 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 268 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 269 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 270 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 271 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 272 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 273 Result->getNameAsString()); 274 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 275 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 276 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 277 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 278 Result->getNameAsString()); 279 else 280 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 281 282 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 283 << Result->getDeclName(); 284 285 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS); 286 return true; 287 } 288 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 289 // We corrected to a keyword. 290 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 291 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 292 << &II << Corrected; 293 return true; 294 } 295 } 296 297 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 298 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 299 UnqualifiedId Name; 300 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 301 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 302 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 303 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 304 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 305 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 306 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 307 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 308 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 309 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 310 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 311 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 312 } 313 return true; 314 } 315 } 316 317 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 318 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 319 320 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 321 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 322 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 323 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 324 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 325 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 326 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_typename_missing) 327 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 328 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 329 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 330 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 331 } else { 332 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 333 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 334 } 335 336 return true; 337} 338 339// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 340// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 341// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 342DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 343 344 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 345 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 346 // the context we'll need to return to. 347 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 348 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 349 350 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 351 // lexical context. 352 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 353 return DC; 354 355 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 356 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 357 // class is the context we need to return to. 358 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 359 DC = RD; 360 361 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 362 // declared in. 363 return DC; 364 } 365 366 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 367 // of the class. 368 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 369 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 370 371 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 372} 373 374void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 375 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 376 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 377 CurContext = DC; 378 S->setEntity(DC); 379} 380 381void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 382 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 383 384 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 385 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 386} 387 388/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 389/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 390/// 391void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 392 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 393 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 394 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 395 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 396 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 397 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 398 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 399 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 400 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 401 // namespace. 402 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 403 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 404 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 405 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 406 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 407 408 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 409 410#ifndef NDEBUG 411 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 412 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 413 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 414#endif 415 416 CurContext = DC; 417 S->setEntity(DC); 418} 419 420void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 421 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 422 423 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 424 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 425 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 426 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 427 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 428 429 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 430 // disappear. 431} 432 433/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 434/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 435/// 436/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 437/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 438/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 439/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 440/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 441/// attribute. 442static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 443 ASTContext &Context) { 444 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 445 return true; 446 447 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 448 return true; 449 450 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 451 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 452} 453 454/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 455void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 456 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 457 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 458 // scope. 459 while (S->getEntity() && 460 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 461 S = S->getParent(); 462 463 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 464 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 465 // into any context. 466 if (AddToContext) 467 CurContext->addDecl(D); 468 469 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 470 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 471 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 472 D->isOutOfLine()) 473 return; 474 475 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 476 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 477 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 478 return; 479 480 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 481 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 482 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 483 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 484 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 485 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 486 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 487 488 // Should only need to replace one decl. 489 break; 490 } 491 } 492 493 S->AddDecl(D); 494 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 495} 496 497bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S) { 498 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S); 499} 500 501Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 502 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 503 do { 504 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 505 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 506 return S; 507 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 508 509 return 0; 510} 511 512static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 513 DeclContext*, 514 ASTContext&); 515 516/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 517/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 518static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 519 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 520 bool ConsiderLinkage) { 521 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 522 while (F.hasNext()) { 523 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 524 525 if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S)) 526 continue; 527 528 if (ConsiderLinkage && 529 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context)) 530 continue; 531 532 F.erase(); 533 } 534 535 F.done(); 536} 537 538static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 539 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 540 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 541 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 542} 543 544/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 545static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 546 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 547 while (F.hasNext()) 548 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 549 F.erase(); 550 551 F.done(); 552} 553 554/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 555/// @code 556/// class S { 557/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 558/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 559/// }; 560/// @endcode 561static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 562 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 563 // the decl here. 564 if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 565 return false; 566 567 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 568 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 569 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 570 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 571 return false; 572} 573 574bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 575 assert(D); 576 577 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 578 return false; 579 580 // Ignore class templates. 581 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 582 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 583 return false; 584 585 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 586 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 587 return false; 588 589 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 590 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 591 return false; 592 } else { 593 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 594 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 595 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 596 return false; 597 } 598 599 if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 600 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 601 return false; 602 603 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 604 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 605 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 606 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 607 return false; 608 609 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 610 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 611 return false; 612 613 } else { 614 return false; 615 } 616 617 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 618 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 619 return false; 620 621 return true; 622} 623 624void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 625 if (!D) 626 return; 627 628 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 629 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 630 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 631 return; // First should already be in the vector. 632 } 633 634 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 635 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 636 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 637 return; // First should already be in the vector. 638 } 639 640 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 641 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 642 } 643 644static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 645 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 646 return false; 647 648 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 649 return false; 650 651 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 652 return true; 653 654 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 655 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 656 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 657 return false; 658 659 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 660 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 661 662 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 663 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 664 665 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 666 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 667 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 668 return false; 669 } 670 671 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 672 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 673 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 674 return false; 675 676 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 677 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 678 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 679 return false; 680 681 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 682 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 683 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 684 // has no side effects. 685 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 686 return false; 687 } 688 } 689 690 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 691 } 692 693 return true; 694} 695 696/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 697/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 698void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 699 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 700 return; 701 702 unsigned DiagID; 703 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 704 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 705 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 706 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 707 else 708 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 709 710 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName(); 711} 712 713static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 714 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 715 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 716 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 717 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 718 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 719} 720 721void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 722 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 723 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 724 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 725 726 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 727 I != E; ++I) { 728 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 729 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 730 731 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 732 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 733 734 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 735 736 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 737 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 738 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 739 740 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 741 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 742 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 743 744 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 745 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 746 } 747} 748 749/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 750/// 751/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 752/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 753/// to the fixed name. 754/// 755/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 756/// 757/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 758/// if there is no class with the given name. 759/// 760/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 761/// class could not be found. 762ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 763 SourceLocation IdLoc, 764 bool TypoCorrection) { 765 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 766 // creation from this context. 767 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 768 769 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 770 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 771 // find an Objective-C class name. 772 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 773 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 774 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 775 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 776 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 777 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 778 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 779 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 780 781 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 782 } 783 } 784 785 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 786} 787 788/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 789/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 790/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 791/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 792/// ill-formed in C++: 793/// @code 794/// struct S6 { 795/// enum { BAR } e; 796/// }; 797/// 798/// void test_S6() { 799/// struct S6 a; 800/// a.e = BAR; 801/// } 802/// @endcode 803/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 804/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 805/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 806/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 807/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 808/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 809/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 810/// contain non-field names. 811Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 812 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 813 (S->getEntity() && 814 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 815 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 816 S = S->getParent(); 817 return S; 818} 819 820/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 821/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 822/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 823/// built-in. 824NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 825 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 826 SourceLocation Loc) { 827 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 828 829 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 830 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 831 switch (Error) { 832 case ASTContext::GE_None: 833 // Okay 834 break; 835 836 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 837 if (ForRedeclaration) 838 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 839 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 840 return 0; 841 842 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 843 if (ForRedeclaration) 844 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 845 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 846 return 0; 847 } 848 849 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 850 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 851 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 852 << R; 853 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 854 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 855 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 856 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 857 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 858 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 859 } 860 861 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 862 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 863 Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 864 SC_Extern, 865 SC_None, false, 866 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 867 New->setImplicit(); 868 869 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 870 // FunctionDecl. 871 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 872 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 873 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 874 Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0, 875 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 876 SC_None, SC_None, 0)); 877 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 878 } 879 880 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 881 882 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 883 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 884 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 885 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 886 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 887 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 888 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 889 CurContext = SavedContext; 890 return New; 891} 892 893/// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 894/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 895/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 896/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 897/// 898void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 899 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 900 // merging checks. 901 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 902 903 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 904 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 905 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 906 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 907 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 908 default: break; 909 case 2: 910 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 911 break; 912 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 913 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 914 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 915 return; 916 case 5: 917 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 918 break; 919 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 920 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 921 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 922 return; 923 case 3: 924 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 925 break; 926 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 927 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 928 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 929 return; 930 case 8: 931 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 932 break; 933 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 934 return; 935 } 936 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 937 } 938 939 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 940 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 941 if (!Old) { 942 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 943 << New->getDeclName(); 944 945 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 946 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 947 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 948 949 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 950 } 951 952 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 953 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 954 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 955 956 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 957 QualType OldType; 958 if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 959 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 960 else 961 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 962 963 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 964 // with any extensions enabled. 965 966 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 967 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 968 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 969 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 970 << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 971 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 972 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 973 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 974 } 975 976 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 977 // declaration was a typedef. 978 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 979 // spellings don't match exactly. 980 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 981 New->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)); 982 983 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 984 return; 985 986 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 987 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 988 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 989 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 990 // to the type to which it already refers. 991 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 992 return; 993 994 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 995 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 996 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 997 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 998 // 999 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1000 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1001 // 1002 // struct S { 1003 // typedef struct A { } A; 1004 // }; 1005 // 1006 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1007 // allow the above but disallow 1008 // 1009 // struct S { 1010 // typedef int I; 1011 // typedef int I; 1012 // }; 1013 // 1014 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1015 if (!isa<TypedefDecl >(Old)) 1016 return; 1017 1018 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1019 << New->getDeclName(); 1020 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1021 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1022 } 1023 1024 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1025 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1026 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1027 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1028 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1029 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1030 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1031 return; 1032 1033 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1034 << New->getDeclName(); 1035 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1036 return; 1037} 1038 1039/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1040/// attribute. 1041static bool 1042DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1043 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1044 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1045 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1046 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1047 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1048 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1049 return true; 1050 } 1051 1052 return false; 1053} 1054 1055/// MergeDeclAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1056static void MergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, ASTContext &C) { 1057 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1058 return; 1059 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1060 // we process them. 1061 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1062 New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1063 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1064 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1065 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1066 if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i)) { 1067 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1068 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1069 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 1070 } 1071 } 1072} 1073 1074namespace { 1075 1076/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1077/// C. 1078struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1079 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1080 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1081 QualType PromotedType; 1082}; 1083 1084} 1085 1086/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1087Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1088 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1089 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1090 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1091 1092 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1093 } 1094 1095 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1096 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1097 1098 assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 1099 "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1100 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1101} 1102 1103/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1104/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1105/// GNU89 mode. 1106static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1107 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1108 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1109 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1110 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1111} 1112 1113/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1114/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1115/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1116/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1117/// 1118/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1119/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1120/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1121/// merged with. 1122/// 1123/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1124bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1125 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1126 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1127 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1128 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1129 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1130 else 1131 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1132 if (!Old) { 1133 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1134 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1135 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1136 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1137 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1138 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1139 return true; 1140 } 1141 1142 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1143 << New->getDeclName(); 1144 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1145 return true; 1146 } 1147 1148 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1149 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1150 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1151 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1152 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1153 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1154 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1155 else 1156 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1157 1158 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1159 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1160 1161 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1162 // is an extern inline function. 1163 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1164 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1165 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1166 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1167 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 1168 << New; 1169 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1170 return true; 1171 } 1172 1173 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1174 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1175 // calling convention of the first. 1176 // 1177 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1178 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1179 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1180 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1181 // because it is the default calling convention. 1182 // 1183 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1184 // other tests to run. 1185 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1186 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1187 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1188 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1189 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1190 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1191 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1192 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1193 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1194 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1195 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1196 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1197 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1198 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1199 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1200 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1201 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1202 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1203 return true; 1204 } 1205 1206 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1207 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1208 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1209 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1210 } 1211 1212 // Merge regparm attribute. 1213 if (OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1214 if (NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1215 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1216 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1217 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1218 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1219 return true; 1220 } 1221 1222 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1223 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1224 } 1225 1226 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1227 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1228 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1229 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1230 } 1231 1232 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1233 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1234 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1235 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1236 // cannot be overloaded. 1237 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1238 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1239 QualType ResQT; 1240 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1241 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1242 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1243 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1244 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1245 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1246 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1247 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1248 else 1249 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1250 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1251 return true; 1252 } 1253 else 1254 NewQType = ResQT; 1255 } 1256 1257 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1258 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1259 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1260 // Preserve triviality. 1261 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1262 1263 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1264 1265 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1266 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1267 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1268 // is a static member function declaration. 1269 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1270 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1271 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1272 return true; 1273 } 1274 1275 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1276 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1277 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1278 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1279 unsigned NewDiag; 1280 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1281 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1282 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1283 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1284 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1285 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1286 else 1287 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1288 1289 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1290 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1291 1292 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1293 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1294 // 1295 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1296 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1297 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1298 if (isFriend) { 1299 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1300 } else { 1301 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1302 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1303 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1304 return true; 1305 } 1306 } 1307 } 1308 1309 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1310 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1311 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1312 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1313 1314 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1315 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1316 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1317 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1318 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1319 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1320 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1321 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1322 } 1323 1324 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1325 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1326 1327 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1328 } 1329 1330 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1331 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1332 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1333 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1334 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1335 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1336 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1337 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1338 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1339 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1340 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1341 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1342 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1343 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1344 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1345 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1346 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1347 New->setType(NewQType); 1348 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1349 1350 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1351 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1352 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1353 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1354 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1355 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1356 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1357 SourceLocation(), 0, 1358 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1359 SC_None, SC_None, 1360 0); 1361 Param->setImplicit(); 1362 Params.push_back(Param); 1363 } 1364 1365 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1366 } 1367 1368 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1369 } 1370 1371 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1372 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1373 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1374 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1375 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1376 // the prototype. 1377 // 1378 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1379 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1380 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1381 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1382 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1383 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1384 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1385 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1386 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1387 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1388 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1389 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1390 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1391 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1392 1393 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1394 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1395 NewProto->getResultType()); 1396 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1397 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1398 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1399 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1400 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1401 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1402 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1403 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1404 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1405 NewParm->getType(), 1406 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1407 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1408 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1409 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1410 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1411 } else 1412 LooseCompatible = false; 1413 } 1414 1415 if (LooseCompatible) { 1416 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1417 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1418 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1419 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1420 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1421 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1422 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1423 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1424 } 1425 1426 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1427 ArgTypes.size(), 1428 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1429 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1430 } 1431 1432 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1433 } 1434 1435 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1436 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1437 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1438 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1439 // signature. 1440 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1441 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1442 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1443 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1444 // library built-in. 1445 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1446 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1447 << Old << Old->getType(); 1448 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1449 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1450 return false; 1451 } 1452 1453 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1454 } 1455 1456 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1457 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1458 return true; 1459} 1460 1461/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1462/// known to be compatible. 1463/// 1464/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1465/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1466/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1467/// redeclaration of Old. 1468/// 1469/// \returns false 1470bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1471 // Merge the attributes 1472 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1473 1474 // Merge the storage class. 1475 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1476 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1477 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1478 1479 // Merge "pure" flag. 1480 if (Old->isPure()) 1481 New->setPure(); 1482 1483 // Merge the "deleted" flag. 1484 if (Old->isDeleted()) 1485 New->setDeleted(); 1486 1487 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1488 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1489 1490 return false; 1491} 1492 1493/// MergeVarDecl - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and scope 1494/// as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 1495/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1496/// 1497/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 1498/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 1499/// check them before the initializer is attached. 1500/// 1501void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 1502 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1503 return; 1504 1505 QualType MergedT; 1506 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1507 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 1508 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 1509 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 1510 return; 1511 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) 1512 return; 1513 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1514 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1515 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1516 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1517 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1518 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1519 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1520 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1521 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1522 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1523 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1524 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1525 MergedT = New->getType(); 1526 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1527 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1528 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1529 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1530 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1531 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1532 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1533 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1534 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1535 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1536 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 1537 Old->getType()); 1538 } 1539 } else { 1540 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1541 } 1542 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1543 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1544 << New->getDeclName(); 1545 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1546 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1547 } 1548 New->setType(MergedT); 1549} 1550 1551/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 1552/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 1553/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1554/// 1555/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 1556/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 1557/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 1558/// 1559void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 1560 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 1561 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1562 return; 1563 1564 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 1565 VarDecl *Old = 0; 1566 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 1567 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 1568 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1569 << New->getDeclName(); 1570 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 1571 diag::note_previous_definition); 1572 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1573 } 1574 1575 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1576 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 1577 // 1578 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 1579 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 1580 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 1581 << New->getIdentifier(); 1582 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1583 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1584 } 1585 1586 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1587 1588 // Merge the types. 1589 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 1590 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1591 return; 1592 1593 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 1594 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1595 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 1596 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1597 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1598 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1599 } 1600 // C99 6.2.2p4: 1601 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 1602 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 1603 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 1604 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 1605 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 1606 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 1607 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 1608 // identifier has external linkage. 1609 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 1610 /* Okay */; 1611 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1612 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 1613 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1614 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1615 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1616 } 1617 1618 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 1619 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1620 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 1621 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 1622 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1623 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1624 } 1625 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 1626 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 1627 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 1628 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1629 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1630 } 1631 1632 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 1633 1634 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 1635 // need to check for mismatches. 1636 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 1637 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 1638 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1639 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 1640 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 1641 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1642 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1643 } 1644 1645 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1646 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1647 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1648 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1649 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1650 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1651 } 1652 1653 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 1654 const VarDecl *Def; 1655 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1656 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 1657 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 1658 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1659 << New->getDeclName(); 1660 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1661 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1662 return; 1663 } 1664 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 1665 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 1666 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 1667 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 1668 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 1669 // specified at the prior declaration. 1670 // FIXME. revisit this code. 1671 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1672 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 1673 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 1674 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1675 1676 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 1677 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 1678 1679 // Inherit access appropriately. 1680 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 1681} 1682 1683/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 1684/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 1685Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1686 DeclSpec &DS) { 1687 // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit 1688 // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread 1689 // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile 1690 // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable 1691 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 1692 Decl *TagD = 0; 1693 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 1694 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 1695 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 1696 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 1697 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 1698 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 1699 1700 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 1701 return 0; 1702 1703 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 1704 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 1705 // it's a Type. 1706 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 1707 } 1708 1709 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 1710 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 1711 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 1712 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 1713 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 1714 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 1715 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1716 } 1717 1718 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 1719 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 1720 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 1721 if (TagD && !Tag) 1722 return 0; 1723 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 1724 } 1725 1726 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1727 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 1728 1729 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 1730 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 1731 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 1732 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 1733 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 1734 1735 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1736 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1737 } 1738 } 1739 1740 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 1741 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1742 CurContext->isRecord() && 1743 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 1744 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 1745 // struct STRUCT; 1746 // and 1747 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 1748 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 1749 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 1750 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 1751 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 1752 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 1753 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1754 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 1755 } 1756 } 1757 1758 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1759 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 1760 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 1761 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 1762 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 1763 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1764 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1765 1766 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() && 1767 DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) { 1768 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 1769 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 1770 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1771 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 1772 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 1773 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1774 return Tag; 1775 } 1776 1777 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1778 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1779 } 1780 1781 return TagD; 1782} 1783 1784/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 1785/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 1786StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 1787 StmtResult R; 1788 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 1789 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 1790 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 1791 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 1792 do 1793 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1794 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 1795 } 1796 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 1797 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 1798 } 1799 } 1800 return R; 1801} 1802 1803/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 1804/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 1805/// 1806/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 1807static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 1808 Scope *S, 1809 DeclContext *Owner, 1810 DeclarationName Name, 1811 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1812 unsigned diagnostic) { 1813 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 1814 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 1815 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 1816 1817 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1818 return false; 1819 1820 // Pick a representative declaration. 1821 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1822 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 1823 1824 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 1825 return false; 1826 1827 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 1828 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1829 1830 return true; 1831} 1832 1833/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 1834/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 1835/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 1836/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 1837/// struct, e.g., 1838/// 1839/// @code 1840/// union { 1841/// int i; 1842/// float f; 1843/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 1844/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 1845/// @endcode 1846/// 1847/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 1848/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 1849static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 1850 DeclContext *Owner, 1851 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 1852 AccessSpecifier AS, 1853 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 1854 bool MSAnonStruct) { 1855 unsigned diagKind 1856 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 1857 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 1858 1859 bool Invalid = false; 1860 1861 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 1862 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 1863 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 1864 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1865 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 1866 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 1867 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 1868 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 1869 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 1870 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1871 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 1872 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 1873 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 1874 Invalid = true; 1875 } else { 1876 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1877 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 1878 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 1879 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 1880 // anonymous union is declared. 1881 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 1882 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 1883 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 1884 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 1885 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 1886 else 1887 Chaining.push_back(VD); 1888 1889 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 1890 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 1891 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 1892 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 1893 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 1894 1895 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 1896 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 1897 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 1898 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 1899 1900 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 1901 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 1902 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 1903 1904 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 1905 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 1906 1907 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 1908 } 1909 } 1910 } 1911 1912 return Invalid; 1913} 1914 1915/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1916/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1917/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1918static StorageClass 1919StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1920 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1921 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1922 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1923 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1924 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 1925 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 1926 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1927 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1928 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1929 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1930 } 1931 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1932} 1933 1934/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1935/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1936/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1937static StorageClass 1938StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1939 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1940 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1941 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1942 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1943 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1944 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1945 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 1946 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1947 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 1948 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1949 } 1950 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1951} 1952 1953/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 1954/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 1955/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 1956/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 1957Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1958 AccessSpecifier AS, 1959 RecordDecl *Record) { 1960 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 1961 1962 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 1963 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1964 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 1965 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 1966 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 1967 1968 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 1969 // structs/unions. 1970 bool Invalid = false; 1971 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1972 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 1973 unsigned DiagID; 1974 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1975 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 1976 // global namespace shall be declared static. 1977 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 1978 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 1979 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 1980 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 1981 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 1982 Invalid = true; 1983 1984 // Recover by adding 'static'. 1985 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 1986 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 1987 } 1988 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1989 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 1990 // anonymous union in a class scope. 1991 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 1992 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 1993 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 1994 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 1995 Invalid = true; 1996 1997 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 1998 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 1999 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2000 } 2001 2002 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2003 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2004 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2005 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2006 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2007 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2008 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2009 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2010 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2011 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2012 // members (clause 11). 2013 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2014 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2015 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2016 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2017 Invalid = true; 2018 } 2019 2020 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2021 Invalid = true; 2022 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2023 // Any implicit members are fine. 2024 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2025 // This is a type that showed up in an 2026 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2027 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2028 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2029 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2030 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2031 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2032 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2033 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 2034 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2035 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2036 else { 2037 // This is a nested type declaration. 2038 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2039 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2040 Invalid = true; 2041 } 2042 } 2043 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2044 // Any access specifier is fine. 2045 } else { 2046 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2047 // member. Complain about it. 2048 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2049 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2050 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2051 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2052 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2053 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2054 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2055 2056 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2057 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 2058 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2059 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2060 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2061 else { 2062 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2063 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2064 Invalid = true; 2065 } 2066 } 2067 } 2068 } 2069 2070 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2071 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2072 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2073 Invalid = true; 2074 } 2075 2076 // Mock up a declarator. 2077 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2078 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2079 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2080 2081 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2082 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2083 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2084 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(), 2085 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2086 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2087 TInfo, 2088 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2089 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2090 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2091 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2092 } else { 2093 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2094 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2095 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2096 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2097 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2098 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2099 // an error here 2100 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2101 Invalid = true; 2102 SC = SC_None; 2103 } 2104 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2105 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2106 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2107 2108 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(), 2109 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2110 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2111 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2112 } 2113 Anon->setImplicit(); 2114 2115 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2116 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2117 // its members. 2118 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2119 2120 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2121 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2122 // purposes. 2123 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2124 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2125 2126 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2127 Chain, false)) 2128 Invalid = true; 2129 2130 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2131 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2132 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2133 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2134 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2135 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2136 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2137 2138 if (Invalid) 2139 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2140 2141 return Anon; 2142} 2143 2144/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2145/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2146/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2147/// Example: 2148/// 2149/// struct A { int a; }; 2150/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2151/// 2152/// void foo() { 2153/// B var; 2154/// var.a = 3; 2155/// } 2156/// 2157Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2158 RecordDecl *Record) { 2159 2160 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2161 if (!Record) 2162 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2163 2164 // Mock up a declarator. 2165 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2166 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2167 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2168 2169 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2170 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2171 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2172 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2173 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2174 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2175 TInfo, 2176 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2177 Anon->setImplicit(); 2178 2179 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2180 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2181 2182 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2183 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2184 // purposes. 2185 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2186 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2187 2188 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2189 Record->getDefinition(), 2190 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2191 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2192 2193 return Anon; 2194} 2195 2196/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2197/// given Declarator. 2198DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2199 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2200} 2201 2202/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2203DeclarationNameInfo 2204Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2205 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2206 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2207 2208 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2209 2210 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2211 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2212 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2213 return NameInfo; 2214 2215 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2216 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2217 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2218 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2219 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2220 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2221 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2222 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2223 return NameInfo; 2224 2225 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2226 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2227 Name.Identifier)); 2228 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2229 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2230 return NameInfo; 2231 2232 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2233 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2234 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2235 if (Ty.isNull()) 2236 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2237 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2238 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2239 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2240 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2241 return NameInfo; 2242 } 2243 2244 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2245 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2246 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2247 if (Ty.isNull()) 2248 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2249 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2250 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2251 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2252 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2253 return NameInfo; 2254 } 2255 2256 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2257 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2258 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2259 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2260 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2261 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2262 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2263 2264 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2265 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2266 2267 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2268 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2269 // was qualified. 2270 2271 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2272 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2273 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2274 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2275 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2276 return NameInfo; 2277 } 2278 2279 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2280 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2281 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2282 if (Ty.isNull()) 2283 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2284 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2285 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2286 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2287 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2288 return NameInfo; 2289 } 2290 2291 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2292 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2293 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2294 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2295 } 2296 2297 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2298 2299 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2300 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2301} 2302 2303/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2304/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2305/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2306/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2307/// the class or namespace. 2308static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2309 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2310 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2311 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2312 return false; 2313 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2314 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2315 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2316 2317 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2318 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2319 return false; 2320 } 2321 2322 return true; 2323} 2324 2325/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2326/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2327/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2328/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2329/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2330static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2331 DeclarationName Name) { 2332 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2333 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2334 // - types which will become injected class names 2335 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2336 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2337 // few cases here. 2338 2339 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2340 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2341 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2342 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2343 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2344 // Grab the type from the parser. 2345 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2346 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2347 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2348 2349 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2350 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2351 // attached already. 2352 if (!TSI) 2353 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2354 2355 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2356 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2357 if (!TSI) return true; 2358 2359 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2360 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2361 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2362 break; 2363 } 2364 2365 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2366 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2367 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2368 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2369 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2370 break; 2371 } 2372 2373 default: 2374 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2375 break; 2376 } 2377 2378 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2379 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2380 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2381 2382 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2383 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2384 // pointer. 2385 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2386 continue; 2387 2388 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2389 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2390 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2391 return true; 2392 } 2393 2394 return false; 2395} 2396 2397Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2398 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2399} 2400 2401Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2402 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2403 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2404 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2405 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2406 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2407 2408 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2409 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2410 if (!Name) { 2411 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2412 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2413 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2414 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2415 return 0; 2416 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2417 return 0; 2418 2419 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2420 // we find one that is. 2421 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2422 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2423 S = S->getParent(); 2424 2425 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2426 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2427 D.setInvalidType(); 2428 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2429 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2430 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 2431 return 0; 2432 2433 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2434 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2435 if (!DC) { 2436 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2437 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2438 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2439 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2440 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2441 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2442 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2443 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2444 return 0; 2445 } 2446 2447 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2448 2449 if (!IsDependentContext && 2450 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2451 return 0; 2452 2453 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2454 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2455 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2456 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2457 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2458 D.setInvalidType(); 2459 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 2460 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 2461 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 2462 // definition: 2463 // 2464 // class X { 2465 // void X::f(); 2466 // }; 2467 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 2468 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 2469 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 2470 else 2471 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 2472 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2473 2474 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 2475 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 2476 } 2477 } 2478 2479 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 2480 // declaration in the current instantiation. 2481 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 2482 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 2483 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 2484 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 2485 D.setInvalidType(); 2486 } 2487 } 2488 2489 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 2490 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2491 // name different from T: 2492 // - every static data member of class T; 2493 // - every member function of class T 2494 // - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2495 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2496 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2497 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) 2498 << Name; 2499 2500 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 2501 // Just return early; it's safer. 2502 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2503 return 0; 2504 } 2505 2506 NamedDecl *New; 2507 2508 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 2509 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 2510 2511 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 2512 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2513 D.setInvalidType(); 2514 2515 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 2516 ForRedeclaration); 2517 2518 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 2519 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2520 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 2521 2522 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 2523 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 2524 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 2525 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2526 /* Do nothing*/; 2527 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2528 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2529 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2530 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2531 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 2532 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2533 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 2534 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2535 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2536 2537 if (IsLinkageLookup) 2538 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 2539 2540 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 2541 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 2542 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 2543 2544 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 2545 // out-of-line members. 2546 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 2547 2548 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 2549 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 2550 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 2551 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 2552 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 2553 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 2554 // declarations namespace. 2555 // 2556 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 2557 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 2558 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 2559 // 2560 // class X { 2561 // void f(); 2562 // void f(float); 2563 // }; 2564 // 2565 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 2566 // 2567 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 2568 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 2569 // matches. 2570 2571 // First check whether we named the global scope. 2572 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 2573 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 2574 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2575 } else { 2576 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 2577 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 2578 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 2579 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 2580 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 2581 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 2582 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 2583 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2584 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 2585 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 2586 else 2587 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 2588 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 2589 D.setInvalidType(); 2590 } 2591 } 2592 } 2593 2594 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2595 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 2596 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 2597 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 2598 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2599 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 2600 D.setInvalidType(); 2601 2602 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 2603 Previous.clear(); 2604 } 2605 2606 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 2607 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 2608 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 2609 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 2610 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 2611 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2612 Previous.clear(); 2613 2614 bool Redeclaration = false; 2615 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2616 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 2617 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 2618 return 0; 2619 } 2620 2621 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 2622 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2623 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2624 move(TemplateParamLists), 2625 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 2626 } else { 2627 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2628 move(TemplateParamLists), 2629 Redeclaration); 2630 } 2631 2632 if (New == 0) 2633 return 0; 2634 2635 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 2636 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 2637 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 2638 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 2639 2640 return New; 2641} 2642 2643/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 2644/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 2645/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 2646static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 2647 ASTContext &Context, 2648 bool &SizeIsNegative, 2649 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 2650 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 2651 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 2652 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 2653 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 2654 SizeIsNegative = false; 2655 Oversized = 0; 2656 2657 if (T->isDependentType()) 2658 return QualType(); 2659 2660 QualifierCollector Qs; 2661 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 2662 2663 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 2664 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 2665 QualType FixedType = 2666 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2667 Oversized); 2668 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2669 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 2670 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2671 } 2672 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 2673 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 2674 QualType FixedType = 2675 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2676 Oversized); 2677 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2678 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 2679 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2680 } 2681 2682 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 2683 if (!VLATy) 2684 return QualType(); 2685 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 2686 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2687 return QualType(); 2688 2689 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 2690 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 2691 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 2692 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 2693 return QualType(); 2694 2695 // Check whether the array size is negative. 2696 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 2697 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 2698 SizeIsNegative = true; 2699 return QualType(); 2700 } 2701 2702 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 2703 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 2704 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 2705 Res); 2706 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 2707 Oversized = Res; 2708 return QualType(); 2709 } 2710 2711 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 2712 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 2713} 2714 2715/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 2716/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 2717void 2718Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 2719 const LookupResult &Previous, 2720 Scope *S) { 2721 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2722 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 2723 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 2724 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 2725 2726 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 2727 return; 2728 2729 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 2730 2731 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 2732 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 2733 // declaration. 2734 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 2735 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 2736 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 2737 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 2738 S = S->getParent(); 2739 2740 if (S) 2741 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 2742 } 2743} 2744 2745/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 2746/// does not identify a function. 2747void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 2748 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 2749 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 2750 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 2751 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 2752 diag::err_inline_non_function); 2753 2754 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 2755 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 2756 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 2757 2758 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 2759 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 2760 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 2761} 2762 2763NamedDecl* 2764Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 2765 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2766 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 2767 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2768 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2769 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 2770 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2771 D.setInvalidType(); 2772 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 2773 DC = CurContext; 2774 Previous.clear(); 2775 } 2776 2777 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2778 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2779 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2780 } 2781 2782 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2783 2784 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 2785 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 2786 2787 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 2788 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 2789 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 2790 return 0; 2791 } 2792 2793 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 2794 if (!NewTD) return 0; 2795 2796 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2797 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 2798 2799 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 2800 // then it shall have block scope. 2801 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 2802 // that redeclarations will match. 2803 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 2804 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2805 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 2806 2807 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2808 bool SizeIsNegative; 2809 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 2810 QualType FixedTy = 2811 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2812 Oversized); 2813 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 2814 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 2815 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 2816 } else { 2817 if (SizeIsNegative) 2818 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 2819 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 2820 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 2821 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 2822 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large) 2823 << Oversized.toString(10); 2824 else 2825 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 2826 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 2827 } 2828 } 2829 } 2830 2831 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 2832 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 2833 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false); 2834 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2835 Redeclaration = true; 2836 MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, Previous); 2837 } 2838 2839 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 2840 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 2841 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 2842 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 2843 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 2844 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 2845 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 2846 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2847 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 2848 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2849 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 2850 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 2851 } 2852 2853 return NewTD; 2854} 2855 2856/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 2857/// previous declaration. 2858/// 2859/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 2860/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 2861/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 2862/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 2863/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 2864/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 2865/// 2866/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 2867/// lookup 2868/// 2869/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 2870/// declared. 2871/// 2872/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 2873/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 2874static bool 2875isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 2876 ASTContext &Context) { 2877 if (!PrevDecl) 2878 return false; 2879 2880 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 2881 return false; 2882 2883 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2884 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 2885 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 2886 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 2887 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 2888 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 2889 // linkage of the previous declaration. 2890 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 2891 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2892 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 2893 return false; 2894 2895 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 2896 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 2897 // We found a member function: ignore it. 2898 return false; 2899 2900 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 2901 // previous declarations. 2902 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2903 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2904 2905 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 2906 // isn't the same function. 2907 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 2908 return false; 2909 } 2910 2911 return true; 2912} 2913 2914static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 2915 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 2916 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 2917 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 2918} 2919 2920NamedDecl* 2921Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 2922 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2923 LookupResult &Previous, 2924 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2925 bool &Redeclaration) { 2926 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 2927 2928 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2929 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2930 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2931 2932 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 2933 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2934 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2935 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2936 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2937 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2938 // an error here 2939 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2940 D.setInvalidType(); 2941 SC = SC_None; 2942 } 2943 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2944 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2945 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2946 2947 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 2948 if (!II) { 2949 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 2950 << Name.getAsString(); 2951 return 0; 2952 } 2953 2954 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2955 2956 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2957 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 2958 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 2959 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 2960 2961 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 2962 // is a GNU extension. 2963 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 2964 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 2965 else 2966 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 2967 D.setInvalidType(); 2968 } 2969 } 2970 2971 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 2972 VarDecl *NewVD; 2973 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2974 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2975 II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2976 2977 if (D.isInvalidType()) 2978 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2979 } else { 2980 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 2981 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 2982 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2983 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2984 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 2985 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2986 } else if (SC == SC_None) 2987 SC = SC_Static; 2988 } 2989 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2990 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2991 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 2992 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2993 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 2994 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 2995 2996 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 2997 // the program is ill-formed. 2998 // 2999 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3000 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3001 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3002 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3003 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3004 } 3005 } 3006 3007 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3008 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3009 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3010 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 3011 bool Invalid = false; 3012 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3013 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3014 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3015 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3016 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3017 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3018 /*never a friend*/ false, 3019 isExplicitSpecialization, 3020 Invalid)) { 3021 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 3022 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 3023 3024 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3025 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3026 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3027 << II 3028 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3029 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3030 return 0; 3031 } else { 3032 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3033 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3034 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3035 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3036 << II 3037 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3038 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3039 3040 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 3041 } 3042 } 3043 3044 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3045 II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3046 3047 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3048 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3049 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3050 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3051 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3052 3053 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3054 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3055 3056 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3057 3058 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3059 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3060 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 3061 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3062 } 3063 } 3064 3065 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3066 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3067 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3068 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 3069 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3070 else 3071 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3072 } 3073 3074 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3075 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3076 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3077 3078 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3079 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3080 3081 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3082 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3083 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3084 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3085 llvm::StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3086 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3087 switch (SC) { 3088 case SC_None: 3089 case SC_Auto: 3090 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3091 break; 3092 case SC_Register: 3093 if (!Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3094 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3095 break; 3096 case SC_Static: 3097 case SC_Extern: 3098 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3099 break; 3100 } 3101 } 3102 3103 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3104 Context, Label)); 3105 } 3106 3107 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3108 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3109 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3110 3111 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3112 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3113 // declaration has linkage). 3114 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage()); 3115 3116 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3117 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3118 else { 3119 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3120 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3121 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3122 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3123 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3124 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3125 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3126 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3127 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3128 Previous.clear(); 3129 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3130 } 3131 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3132 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3133 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3134 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3135 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3136 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3137 } 3138 3139 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3140 3141 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3142 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3143 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3144 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3145 } 3146 3147 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3148 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3149 // here. 3150 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3151 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3152 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3153 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3154 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3155 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3156 } 3157 } 3158 3159 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3160 // such variables. 3161 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3162 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3163 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3164 3165 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3166 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3167 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3168 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3169 3170 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3171 3172 return NewVD; 3173} 3174 3175/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3176/// -Wshadow. 3177/// 3178/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3179/// scope. 3180/// 3181/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3182/// \param R the lookup of the name 3183/// 3184void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3185 // Return if warning is ignored. 3186 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3187 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3188 return; 3189 3190 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 3191 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 3192 if (NewDC->isFileContext()) 3193 return; 3194 3195 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3196 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3197 return; 3198 3199 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3200 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3201 return; 3202 3203 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 3204 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3205 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 3206 if (MD->isStatic()) 3207 return; 3208 3209 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3210 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 3211 // Don't warn for this case: 3212 // 3213 // @code 3214 // extern int bob; 3215 // void f() { 3216 // extern int bob; 3217 // } 3218 // @endcode 3219 if (D->isExternC()) 3220 return; 3221 3222 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 3223 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 3224 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 3225 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 3226 I != E; ++I) 3227 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 3228 ShadowedDecl = *I; 3229 break; 3230 } 3231 } 3232 3233 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3234 3235 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3236 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3237 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3238 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3239 return; 3240 3241 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3242 // static data members from base classes? 3243 3244 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3245 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3246 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3247 } 3248 3249 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3250 unsigned Kind; 3251 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3252 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3253 Kind = 3; // field 3254 else 3255 Kind = 2; // static data member 3256 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3257 Kind = 1; // global 3258 else 3259 Kind = 0; // local 3260 3261 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3262 3263 // Emit warning and note. 3264 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3265 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3266} 3267 3268/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3269void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3270 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3271 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3272 return; 3273 3274 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3275 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3276 LookupName(R, S); 3277 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3278} 3279 3280/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3281/// declaration. 3282/// 3283/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3284/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3285/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3286/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3287/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3288/// 3289/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3290void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3291 LookupResult &Previous, 3292 bool &Redeclaration) { 3293 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3294 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3295 return; 3296 3297 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3298 3299 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3300 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3301 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3302 } 3303 3304 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3305 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3306 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3307 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3308 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3309 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3310 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3311 } 3312 3313 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3314 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3315 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3316 3317 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3318 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3319 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3320 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3321 3322 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3323 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3324 bool SizeIsNegative; 3325 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3326 QualType FixedTy = 3327 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3328 Oversized); 3329 3330 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3331 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3332 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3333 // int a[10][n]; 3334 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3335 3336 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3337 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3338 << SizeRange; 3339 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3340 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3341 << SizeRange; 3342 else 3343 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3344 << SizeRange; 3345 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3346 } 3347 3348 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3349 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3350 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3351 else 3352 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3353 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3354 } 3355 3356 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3357 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3358 } 3359 3360 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3361 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3362 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3363 // declaration with the same name. 3364 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3365 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3366 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3367 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3368 } 3369 3370 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3371 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3372 << T; 3373 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3374 } 3375 3376 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3377 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3378 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3379 } 3380 3381 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3382 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3383 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3384 } 3385 3386 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3387 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3388 QualType Pointee; 3389 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3390 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3391 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3392 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3393 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3394 PtrOrRef = 1; 3395 } 3396 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3397 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3398 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3399 << PtrOrRef; 3400 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3401 } 3402 3403 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3404 Redeclaration = true; 3405 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3406 } 3407} 3408 3409/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3410struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3411 Sema *S; 3412 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3413}; 3414 3415/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3416/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3417/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3418static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3419 CXXBasePath &Path, 3420 void *UserData) { 3421 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3422 3423 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3424 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3425 3426 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3427 3428 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3429 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3430 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3431 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3432 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3433 3434 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3435 } 3436 3437 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3438 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3439 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3440 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3441 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3442 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3443 return true; 3444 } 3445 } 3446 3447 return false; 3448} 3449 3450/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3451/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3452bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3453 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3454 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3455 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3456 Data.Method = MD; 3457 Data.S = this; 3458 bool AddedAny = false; 3459 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3460 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3461 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3462 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3463 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3464 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3465 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 3466 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 3467 AddedAny = true; 3468 } 3469 } 3470 } 3471 } 3472 3473 return AddedAny; 3474} 3475 3476static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 3477 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 3478 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3479 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 3480 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 3481 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 3482 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 3483 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 3484 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 3485 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 3486 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 3487 } 3488} 3489 3490NamedDecl* 3491Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3492 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3493 LookupResult &Previous, 3494 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3495 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 3496 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 3497 3498 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3499 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3500 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3501 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 3502 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 3503 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 3504 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 3505 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 3506 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 3507 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3508 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 3509 D.setInvalidType(); 3510 break; 3511 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 3512 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 3513 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 3514 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3515 // C99 6.7.1p5: 3516 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 3517 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 3518 // other than extern 3519 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 3520 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3521 diag::err_static_block_func); 3522 SC = SC_None; 3523 } else 3524 SC = SC_Static; 3525 break; 3526 } 3527 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 3528 } 3529 3530 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3531 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3532 3533 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 3534 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 3535 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3536 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 3537 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 3538 D.setInvalidType(); 3539 } 3540 3541 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 3542 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 3543 bool isFriend = false; 3544 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3545 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3546 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3547 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 3548 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3549 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3550 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = 0; 3551 3552 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3553 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3554 // prototype. This true when: 3555 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 3556 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 3557 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 3558 bool HasPrototype = 3559 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 3560 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 3561 3562 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3563 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3564 HasPrototype); 3565 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3566 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3567 3568 // Set the lexical context. 3569 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3570 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3571 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage()); 3572 } else { 3573 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3574 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 3575 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 3576 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 3577 3578 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 3579 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 3580 // the class has been completely parsed. 3581 if (!DC->isRecord() && 3582 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3583 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 3584 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 3585 AbstractReturnType)) 3586 D.setInvalidType(); 3587 3588 3589 if (isFriend) { 3590 // C++ [class.friend]p5 3591 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 3592 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 3593 isInline |= IsFunctionDefinition; 3594 } 3595 3596 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 3597 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 3598 assert(DC->isRecord() && 3599 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 3600 3601 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3602 3603 // Create the new declaration 3604 NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, 3605 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3606 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3607 isExplicit, isInline, 3608 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3609 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3610 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 3611 if (DC->isRecord()) { 3612 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3613 3614 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 3615 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3616 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3617 isInline, 3618 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3619 isVirtualOkay = true; 3620 } else { 3621 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 3622 3623 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 3624 // code path. 3625 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3626 Name, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3627 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 3628 D.setInvalidType(); 3629 } 3630 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 3631 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 3632 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3633 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 3634 return 0; 3635 } 3636 3637 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3638 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3639 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3640 isInline, isExplicit); 3641 3642 isVirtualOkay = true; 3643 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 3644 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 3645 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 3646 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 3647 // constructor if it has no return type). 3648 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 3649 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 3650 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 3651 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 3652 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 3653 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3654 return 0; 3655 } 3656 3657 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 3658 3659 // [class.free]p1: 3660 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 3661 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3662 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 3663 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 3664 isStatic = true; 3665 3666 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 3667 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3668 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 3669 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 3670 isStatic = true; 3671 3672 // This is a C++ method declaration. 3673 NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3674 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3675 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline); 3676 3677 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 3678 } else { 3679 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3680 // prototype. This true when: 3681 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 3682 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3683 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3684 true/*HasPrototype*/); 3685 } 3686 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 3687 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3688 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3689 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 3690 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3691 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3692 3693 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 3694 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 3695 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3696 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3697 3698 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3699 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3700 bool Invalid = false; 3701 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3702 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3703 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3704 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3705 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3706 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3707 isFriend, 3708 isExplicitSpecialization, 3709 Invalid)) { 3710 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 3711 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 3712 3713 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3714 // This is a function template 3715 3716 // Check that we can declare a template here. 3717 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 3718 return 0; 3719 3720 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3721 NewFD->getLocation(), 3722 Name, TemplateParams, 3723 NewFD); 3724 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3725 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 3726 } else { 3727 // This is a function template specialization. 3728 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3729 3730 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 3731 if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3732 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 3733 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 3734 3735 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 3736 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 3737 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 3738 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 3739 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 3740 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 3741 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3742 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 3743 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 3744 } 3745 3746 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 3747 << Name << RemoveRange 3748 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 3749 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 3750 } 3751 } 3752 } 3753 3754 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3755 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3756 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 3757 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3758 } 3759 3760 if (Invalid) { 3761 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3762 if (FunctionTemplate) 3763 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3764 } 3765 3766 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 3767 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 3768 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 3769 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 3770 // 3771 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3772 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 3773 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3774 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3775 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3776 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 3777 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3778 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 3779 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3780 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 3781 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 3782 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 3783 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3784 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 3785 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3786 } else { 3787 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 3788 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 3789 } 3790 } 3791 3792 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 3793 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 3794 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3795 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3796 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 3797 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3798 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 3799 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 3800 } 3801 } 3802 3803 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 3804 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 3805 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 3806 // and 12.3.2. 3807 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3808 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3809 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 3810 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3811 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 3812 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3813 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 3814 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 3815 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 3816 // or conversion function. 3817 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3818 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 3819 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3820 } 3821 } 3822 3823 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3824 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage()); 3825 3826 if (isFriend) { 3827 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 3828 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3829 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3830 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 3831 } 3832 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3833 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3834 } 3835 3836 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 3837 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 3838 // definition. 3839 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 3840 } 3841 3842 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 3843 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3844 // C++ [class.static]p1: 3845 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 3846 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 3847 // the class. 3848 3849 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 3850 // member function definition. 3851 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3852 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3853 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3854 } 3855 } 3856 3857 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3858 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 3859 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3860 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3861 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 3862 SE->getString())); 3863 } 3864 3865 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 3866 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 3867 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3868 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 3869 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 3870 3871 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 3872 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 3873 // single void argument. 3874 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 3875 // already checks for that case. 3876 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 3877 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 3878 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 3879 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 3880 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 3881 3882 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 3883 // typedef of void is not permitted. 3884 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 3885 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) 3886 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void); 3887 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 3888 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 3889 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 3890 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 3891 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 3892 Params.push_back(Param); 3893 3894 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 3895 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3896 } 3897 } 3898 3899 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 3900 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 3901 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 3902 // parameters for use in the declaration. 3903 // 3904 // @code 3905 // typedef void fn(int); 3906 // fn f; 3907 // @endcode 3908 3909 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 3910 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 3911 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 3912 ParmVarDecl *Param = 3913 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 3914 Params.push_back(Param); 3915 } 3916 } else { 3917 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 3918 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 3919 } 3920 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 3921 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 3922 3923 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 3924 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 3925 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 3926 3927 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3928 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 3929 bool isExplctSpecialization=false; 3930 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplctSpecialization, 3931 Redeclaration); 3932 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 3933 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 3934 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 3935 } else { 3936 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 3937 // argument list into our AST format. 3938 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3939 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 3940 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3941 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 3942 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 3943 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 3944 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 3945 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 3946 TemplateId->NumArgs); 3947 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 3948 TemplateArgs); 3949 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 3950 3951 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3952 3953 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3954 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 3955 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 3956 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 3957 3958 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3959 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 3960 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3961 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 3962 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 3963 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 3964 // too few of them). 3965 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 3966 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 3967 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 3968 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3969 "template<> "); 3970 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3971 } else { 3972 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 3973 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3974 } 3975 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3976 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 3977 // wrote something like: 3978 // template <> friend void foo(int); 3979 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 3980 // friend void foo<>(int); 3981 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 3982 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3983 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3984 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3985 } 3986 3987 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 3988 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 3989 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 3990 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 3991 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 3992 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 3993 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 3994 "friend function specialization without template args"); 3995 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 3996 Previous)) 3997 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3998 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3999 if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 4000 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 4001 Previous)) 4002 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4003 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4004 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 4005 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4006 } 4007 4008 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4009 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4010 Redeclaration); 4011 4012 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4013 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4014 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4015 4016 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 4017 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 4018 : NewFD); 4019 4020 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 4021 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 4022 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4023 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 4024 4025 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 4026 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 4027 4028 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 4029 } 4030 4031 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 4032 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 4033 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 4034 4035 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 4036 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 4037 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4038 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4039 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4040 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 4041 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 4042 ? (IsFunctionDefinition 4043 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 4044 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 4045 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4046 DC && DC->isRecord() && 4047 DC->isDependentContext()) 4048 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 4049 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 4050 } 4051 4052 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4053 // Ignore all the rest of this. 4054 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 4055 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 4056 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 4057 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4058 4059 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 4060 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4061 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 4062 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 4063 4064 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 4065 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 4066 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 4067 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 4068 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 4069 // can actually do this check immediately. 4070 if (isFriend && 4071 (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 4072 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 4073 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 4074 // ignore these 4075 } else { 4076 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 4077 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 4078 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 4079 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 4080 // 4081 // class X { 4082 // void f() const; 4083 // }; 4084 // 4085 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 4086 // 4087 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4088 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4089 // whether the parameter types are references). 4090 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 4091 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4092 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4093 4094 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4095 } 4096 4097 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4098 // to something. 4099 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4100 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 4101 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4102 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4103 } 4104 4105 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4106 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4107 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 4108 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4109 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4110 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4111 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4112 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4113 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4114 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4115 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4116 } 4117 } 4118 4119 4120 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4121 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4122 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4123 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4124 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4125 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 4126 4127 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4128 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4129 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4130 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4131 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4132 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4133 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4134 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4135 } 4136 } 4137 4138 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4139 4140 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4141 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4142 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4143 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4144 << NewFD; 4145 4146 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4147 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4148 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4149 EPI.Variadic = true; 4150 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4151 4152 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4153 NewFD->setType(R); 4154 } 4155 4156 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4157 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4158 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4159 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4160 4161 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4162 // map of such names. 4163 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4164 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4165 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4166 4167 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4168 NewFD->setLocEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4169 4170 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4171 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4172 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4173 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4174 return FunctionTemplate; 4175 } 4176 } 4177 4178 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4179 4180 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 4181 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 4182 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 4183 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4184 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 4185 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 4186 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 4187 4188 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 4189 } 4190 } 4191 4192 return NewFD; 4193} 4194 4195/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4196/// 4197/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4198/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4199/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4200/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4201/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4202/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4203/// via InstantiateDecl). 4204/// 4205/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4206/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4207/// 4208/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4209void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4210 LookupResult &Previous, 4211 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4212 bool &Redeclaration) { 4213 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4214 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4215 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4216 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4217 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4218 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4219 4220 return; 4221 } 4222 4223 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4224 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4225 // because all functions have linkage. 4226 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4227 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4228 } 4229 4230 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4231 CheckMain(NewFD); 4232 4233 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4234 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4235 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4236 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4237 // declaration with the same name. 4238 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4239 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4240 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4241 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4242 } 4243 4244 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4245 // the same name, if appropriate. 4246 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4247 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4248 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4249 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4250 // function to the scope. 4251 4252 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4253 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4254 Redeclaration = true; 4255 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4256 } else { 4257 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4258 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4259 case Ovl_Match: 4260 Redeclaration = true; 4261 break; 4262 4263 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4264 Redeclaration = true; 4265 break; 4266 4267 case Ovl_Overload: 4268 Redeclaration = false; 4269 break; 4270 } 4271 4272 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4273 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4274 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4275 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4276 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4277 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 4278 if (Redeclaration) 4279 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 4280 else if (!Previous.empty()) 4281 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 4282 if (OverloadedDecl) 4283 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 4284 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4285 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 4286 Context)); 4287 } 4288 } 4289 4290 if (Redeclaration) { 4291 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4292 // merged. 4293 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4294 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4295 4296 Previous.clear(); 4297 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4298 4299 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4300 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4301 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4302 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4303 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4304 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4305 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4306 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4307 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4308 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4309 } 4310 4311 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4312 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4313 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4314 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4315 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4316 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4317 } 4318 } else { 4319 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4320 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4321 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4322 } 4323 } 4324 } 4325 4326 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 4327 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4328 // C++-specific checks. 4329 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4330 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 4331 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 4332 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4333 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 4334 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4335 4336 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 4337 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 4338 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 4339 DeclarationName Name 4340 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4341 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 4342 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 4343 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 4344 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4345 } 4346 } 4347 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 4348 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4349 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 4350 } 4351 4352 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 4353 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4354 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 4355 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4356 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 4357 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 4358 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4359 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 4360 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4361 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 4362 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 4363 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 4364 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 4365 ++Overridden) { 4366 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 4367 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4368 } 4369 } 4370 } 4371 } 4372 } 4373 4374 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 4375 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 4376 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4377 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4378 4379 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 4380 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 4381 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4382 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4383 4384 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 4385 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 4386 // during delayed parsing anyway. 4387 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 4388 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 4389 4390 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 4391 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 4392 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 4393 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 4394 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 4395 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 4396 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 4397 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 4398 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 4399 } 4400 } 4401 } 4402} 4403 4404void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 4405 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 4406 // or static is ill-formed. 4407 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 4408 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 4409 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 4410 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 4411 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 4412 if (isInline || isStatic) { 4413 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 4414 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4415 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 4416 4417 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 4418 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 4419 } 4420 4421 QualType T = FD->getType(); 4422 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 4423 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4424 4425 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 4426 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 4427 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4428 } 4429 4430 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 4431 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 4432 4433 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 4434 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 4435 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 4436 4437 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 4438 4439 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 4440 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 4441 // getting shifty. 4442 if (nparams == 4 && 4443 Context.Target.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin) 4444 HasExtraParameters = false; 4445 4446 if (HasExtraParameters) { 4447 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 4448 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4449 nparams = 3; 4450 } 4451 4452 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 4453 // if we had some location information about types. 4454 4455 QualType CharPP = 4456 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 4457 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 4458 4459 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 4460 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 4461 4462 bool mismatch = true; 4463 4464 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 4465 mismatch = false; 4466 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 4467 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 4468 // char const ** 4469 // char const * const * 4470 // char * const * 4471 4472 QualifierCollector qs; 4473 const PointerType* PT; 4474 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4475 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4476 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 4477 qs.removeConst(); 4478 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 4479 } 4480 } 4481 4482 if (mismatch) { 4483 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 4484 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 4485 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4486 } 4487 } 4488 4489 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4490 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 4491 } 4492 4493 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4494 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 4495 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4496 } 4497} 4498 4499bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 4500 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 4501 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 4502 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 4503 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 4504 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 4505 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 4506 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 4507 // rules there don't matter.) 4508 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4509 return false; 4510 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 4511 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4512 return true; 4513} 4514 4515/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 4516/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 4517/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 4518void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 4519 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 4520 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 4521 // the initializer. 4522 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 4523 return; 4524 4525 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4526 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 4527 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 4528 // Thus this grotesque test. 4529 IntegerLiteral *IL; 4530 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 4531 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 4532 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 4533 else { 4534 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 4535 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 4536 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 4537 } 4538 return; 4539 } 4540 4541 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 4542 if (!VDecl) { 4543 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4544 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4545 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 4546 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 4547 else 4548 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 4549 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4550 return; 4551 } 4552 4553 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 4554 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 4555 QualType DeducedType; 4556 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getType(), Init, DeducedType)) { 4557 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 4558 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 4559 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4560 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4561 return; 4562 } 4563 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 4564 4565 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 4566 // the previously declared type. 4567 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 4568 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 4569 } 4570 4571 4572 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 4573 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 4574 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 4575 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 4576 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 4577 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 4578 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 4579 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4580 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4581 return; 4582 } 4583 4584 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4585 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 4586 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4587 AbstractVariableType)) 4588 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4589 4590 const VarDecl *Def; 4591 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 4592 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 4593 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4594 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4595 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4596 return; 4597 } 4598 4599 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 4600 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4601 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 4602 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 4603 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 4604 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 4605 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 4606 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 4607 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 4608 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 4609 // 4610 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 4611 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 4612 // declaration with an initializer. 4613 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 4614 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4615 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4616 return; 4617 } 4618 4619 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4620 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4621 4622 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 4623 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4624 return; 4625 } 4626 } 4627 4628 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 4629 // initialization. 4630 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 4631 4632 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 4633 InitializationKind Kind 4634 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 4635 Init->getLocStart(), 4636 Init->getLocEnd()) 4637 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 4638 Init->getLocStart()); 4639 4640 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 4641 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 4642 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 4643 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 4644 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 4645 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 4646 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4647 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4648 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4649 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4650 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4651 &DclT); 4652 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4653 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4654 return; 4655 } 4656 4657 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4658 4659 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4660 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4661 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4662 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 4663 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4664 } 4665 } 4666 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 4667 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4668 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 4669 // 4670 // struct S { 4671 // static const int value = 17; 4672 // }; 4673 4674 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 4675 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4676 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4677 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4678 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4679 &DclT); 4680 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4681 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4682 return; 4683 } 4684 4685 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4686 } 4687 4688 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 4689 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 4690 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 4691 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 4692 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 4693 4694 // Do nothing on dependent types. 4695 if (T->isDependentType()) { 4696 4697 // Require constness. 4698 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 4699 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 4700 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4701 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4702 4703 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 4704 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 4705 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 4706 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 4707 llvm::APSInt Value; 4708 SourceLocation Loc; 4709 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 4710 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4711 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4712 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4713 } 4714 } 4715 4716 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 4717 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 4718 // implement fully. 4719 } else { 4720 bool Allowed = false; 4721 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 4722 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 4723 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 4724 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 4725 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4726 Allowed = true; 4727 } 4728 4729 if (!Allowed) { 4730 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 4731 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4732 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4733 4734 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 4735 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 4736 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 4737 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4738 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4739 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4740 } 4741 } 4742 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 4743 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 4744 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 4745 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 4746 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 4747 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4748 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4749 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4750 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4751 &DclT); 4752 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4753 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4754 return; 4755 } 4756 4757 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4758 } 4759 4760 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4761 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4762 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4763 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 4764 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4765 } 4766 } 4767 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 4768 // completed by the initializer. For example: 4769 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 4770 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 4771 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 4772 VDecl->setType(DclT); 4773 Init->setType(DclT); 4774 } 4775 4776 4777 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 4778 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 4779 // global/static definition. 4780 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4781 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 4782 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 4783 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 4784 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 4785 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 4786 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 4787 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 4788 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 4789 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 4790 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 4791 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 4792 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4793 } 4794 } 4795 } 4796 4797 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 4798 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 4799 4800 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 4801 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 4802 VDecl->setInit(Init); 4803 4804 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 4805} 4806 4807/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 4808/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 4809/// of sanity. 4810void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 4811 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 4812 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 4813 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 4814 4815 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 4816 if (!VD) return; 4817 4818 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 4819 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 4820 D->setInvalidDecl(); 4821 return; 4822 } 4823 4824 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 4825 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 4826 4827 // Require a complete type. 4828 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 4829 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 4830 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4831 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4832 return; 4833 } 4834 4835 // Require an abstract type. 4836 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 4837 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4838 AbstractVariableType)) { 4839 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4840 return; 4841 } 4842 4843 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 4844 // though. 4845} 4846 4847void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 4848 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 4849 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 4850 if (RealDecl == 0) 4851 return; 4852 4853 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4854 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 4855 4856 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 4857 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 4858 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 4859 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 4860 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4861 return; 4862 } 4863 4864 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 4865 case VarDecl::Definition: 4866 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 4867 break; 4868 4869 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 4870 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 4871 // a declaration. 4872 // 4873 // Fall through 4874 4875 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 4876 // It's only a declaration. 4877 4878 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 4879 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 4880 // object shall be complete. 4881 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 4882 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4883 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4884 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 4885 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4886 4887 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 4888 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4889 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4890 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4891 AbstractVariableType)) 4892 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4893 return; 4894 4895 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 4896 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 4897 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 4898 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 4899 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 4900 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 4901 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 4902 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 4903 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 4904 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4905 ArrayT->getElementType(), 4906 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 4907 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4908 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4909 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 4910 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 4911 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 4912 // NOTE: code such as the following 4913 // static struct s; 4914 // struct s { int a; }; 4915 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 4916 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 4917 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 4918 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 4919 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4920 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 4921 } 4922 } 4923 4924 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 4925 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4926 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 4927 return; 4928 } 4929 4930 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4931 // definitions with incomplete array type. 4932 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 4933 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 4934 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 4935 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4936 return; 4937 } 4938 4939 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4940 // definitions with reference type. 4941 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 4942 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 4943 << Var->getDeclName() 4944 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 4945 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4946 return; 4947 } 4948 4949 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 4950 // variable with dependent type. 4951 if (Type->isDependentType()) 4952 return; 4953 4954 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4955 return; 4956 4957 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4958 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 4959 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4960 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4961 return; 4962 } 4963 4964 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4965 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4966 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4967 AbstractVariableType)) { 4968 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4969 return; 4970 } 4971 4972 const RecordType *Record 4973 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 4974 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 4975 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 4976 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 4977 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 4978 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 4979 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 4980 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 4981 // type shall have a user-declared default 4982 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 4983 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 4984 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 4985 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 4986 // program is ill-formed. 4987 // FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this. 4988 } else { 4989 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 4990 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 4991 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 4992 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 4993 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4994 4995 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 4996 InitializationKind Kind 4997 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 4998 4999 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 5000 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5001 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 5002 if (Init.isInvalid()) 5003 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5004 else if (Init.get()) 5005 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 5006 } 5007 5008 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 5009 } 5010} 5011 5012void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 5013 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5014 5015 // All the following checks are C++ only. 5016 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 5017 5018 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 5019 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 5020 5021 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 5022 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5023 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 5024 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 5025 5026 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 5027 // constructing this copy. 5028 QualType type = var->getType(); 5029 5030 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5031 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 5032 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 5033 ExprResult result = 5034 PerformCopyInitialization( 5035 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 5036 poi, Owned(varRef)); 5037 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 5038 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 5039 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5040 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 5041 } 5042 } 5043 } 5044 5045 // Check for global constructors. 5046 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 5047 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 5048 !var->isStaticLocal() && 5049 var->getInit() && 5050 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 5051 baseType->isReferenceType())) 5052 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 5053 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5054 5055 // Require the destructor. 5056 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 5057 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 5058} 5059 5060/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 5061/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 5062void 5063Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 5064 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 5065 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 5066} 5067 5068Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5069Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 5070 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 5071 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 5072 5073 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 5074 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 5075 5076 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 5077 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 5078 Decls.push_back(D); 5079 5080 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 5081 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 5082} 5083 5084/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 5085/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 5086Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5087Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 5088 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5089 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 5090 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 5091 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 5092 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 5093 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 5094 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 5095 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 5096 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 5097 QualType Deduced; 5098 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 5099 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 5100 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 5101 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 5102 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 5103 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 5104 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 5105 break; 5106 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 5107 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 5108 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 5109 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 5110 Deduced = U; 5111 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 5112 DeducedDecl = D; 5113 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 5114 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 5115 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 5116 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 5117 << U << D->getDeclName() 5118 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 5119 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5120 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5121 break; 5122 } 5123 } 5124 } 5125 } 5126 } 5127 5128 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 5129} 5130 5131 5132/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 5133/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 5134Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5135 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 5136 5137 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 5138 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 5139 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 5140 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 5141 StorageClass = SC_Register; 5142 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 5143 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 5144 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5145 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 5146 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 5147 } 5148 5149 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5150 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5151 5152 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 5153 5154 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 5155 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 5156 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 5157 5158 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5159 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 5160 // parameter. 5161 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5162 5163 if (OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 5164 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 5165 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 5166 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 5167 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 5168 } 5169 5170 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5171 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5172 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 5173 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5174 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 5175 } 5176 } 5177 5178 // Ensure we have a valid name 5179 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 5180 if (D.hasName()) { 5181 II = D.getIdentifier(); 5182 if (!II) { 5183 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 5184 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 5185 D.setInvalidType(true); 5186 } 5187 } 5188 5189 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 5190 if (II) { 5191 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 5192 ForRedeclaration); 5193 LookupName(R, S); 5194 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 5195 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5196 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5197 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5198 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5199 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5200 PrevDecl = 0; 5201 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 5202 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 5203 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5204 5205 // Recover by removing the name 5206 II = 0; 5207 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5208 D.setInvalidType(true); 5209 } 5210 } 5211 } 5212 5213 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 5214 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 5215 // looking like class members in C++. 5216 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5217 TInfo, parmDeclType, II, 5218 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5219 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 5220 5221 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5222 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5223 5224 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 5225 S->AddDecl(New); 5226 if (II) 5227 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 5228 5229 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 5230 5231 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5232 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5233 } 5234 return New; 5235} 5236 5237/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 5238/// typedef. 5239ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 5240 SourceLocation Loc, 5241 QualType T) { 5242 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, 0, 5243 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 5244 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 5245 Param->setImplicit(); 5246 return Param; 5247} 5248 5249void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5250 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 5251 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 5252 // will already have done so in the template itself. 5253 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5254 return; 5255 5256 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5257 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 5258 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 5259 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 5260 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 5261 } 5262 } 5263} 5264 5265void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5266 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 5267 QualType ReturnTy, 5268 NamedDecl *D) { 5269 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 5270 return; 5271 5272 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5273 // threshold. 5274 if (ReturnTy->isPODType()) { 5275 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 5276 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5277 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 5278 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 5279 } 5280 5281 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5282 // threshold. 5283 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5284 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 5285 if (!T->isPODType()) 5286 continue; 5287 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 5288 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5289 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 5290 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 5291 } 5292} 5293 5294ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, 5295 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, QualType T, 5296 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5297 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5298 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 5299 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 5300 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, NameLoc, Name, 5301 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 5302 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 5303 0); 5304 5305 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 5306 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5307 // the class has been completely parsed. 5308 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 5309 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5310 AbstractParamType)) 5311 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5312 5313 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 5314 // passed by reference. 5315 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5316 Diag(NameLoc, 5317 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 5318 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5319 } 5320 5321 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 5322 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 5323 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 5324 // an address space. 5325 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5326 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 5327 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5328 } 5329 5330 return New; 5331} 5332 5333void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5334 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 5335 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5336 5337 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 5338 // for a K&R function. 5339 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 5340 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 5341 --i; 5342 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 5343 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 5344 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 5345 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 5346 << ";\n"; 5347 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 5348 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 5349 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 5350 5351 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 5352 // type. 5353 DeclSpec DS; 5354 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 5355 unsigned DiagID; // unused 5356 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 5357 PrevSpec, DiagID); 5358 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 5359 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 5360 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 5361 } 5362 } 5363 } 5364} 5365 5366Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5367 Declarator &D) { 5368 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 5369 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 5370 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 5371 5372 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 5373 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 5374 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 5375 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 5376} 5377 5378static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5379 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 5380 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5381 return false; 5382 5383 // Or declarations that aren't global. 5384 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 5385 return false; 5386 5387 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 5388 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5389 return false; 5390 5391 // Don't warn about 'main'. 5392 if (FD->isMain()) 5393 return false; 5394 5395 // Don't warn about inline functions. 5396 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 5397 return false; 5398 5399 // Don't warn about function templates. 5400 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 5401 return false; 5402 5403 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 5404 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5405 return false; 5406 5407 bool MissingPrototype = true; 5408 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 5409 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 5410 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 5411 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 5412 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5413 continue; 5414 5415 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 5416 break; 5417 } 5418 5419 return MissingPrototype; 5420} 5421 5422Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 5423 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 5424 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 5425 5426 if (!D) 5427 return D; 5428 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5429 5430 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 5431 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5432 else 5433 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5434 5435 // Enter a new function scope 5436 PushFunctionScope(); 5437 5438 // See if this is a redefinition. 5439 // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 5440 // was an extern inline function. 5441 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 5442 if (FD->hasBody(Definition) && 5443 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 5444 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 5445 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 5446 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 5447 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 5448 else 5449 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 5450 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5451 } 5452 5453 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 5454 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5455 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 5456 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 5457 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5458 } 5459 } 5460 5461 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 5462 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 5463 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 5464 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 5465 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 5466 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 5467 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 5468 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5469 5470 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 5471 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 5472 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 5473 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 5474 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 5475 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 5476 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 5477 5478 if (FnBodyScope) 5479 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 5480 5481 // Check the validity of our function parameters 5482 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5483 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 5484 5485 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 5486 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 5487 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 5488 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 5489 5490 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 5491 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 5492 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 5493 5494 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 5495 } 5496 } 5497 5498 // Checking attributes of current function definition 5499 // dllimport attribute. 5500 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5501 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 5502 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 5503 if (!DA->isInherited()) { 5504 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5505 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 5506 << "dllimport"; 5507 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5508 return FD; 5509 } 5510 5511 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 5512 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 5513 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 5514 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 5515 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 5516 // emitted. 5517 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5518 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5519 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 5520 } 5521 } 5522 return FD; 5523} 5524 5525/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 5526/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 5527/// optimization. 5528/// 5529/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 5530/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 5531/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 5532/// use the named return value optimization. 5533/// 5534/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 5535/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 5536/// the NRVO variable. 5537/// 5538/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 5539/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 5540/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 5541static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 5542 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 5543 5544 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 5545 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 5546 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5547 return; 5548 5549 if (!NRVOCandidate) 5550 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 5551 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5552 return; 5553 } 5554 5555 if (NRVOCandidate) 5556 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 5557} 5558 5559Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 5560 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 5561} 5562 5563Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 5564 bool IsInstantiation) { 5565 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5566 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 5567 if (FunTmpl) 5568 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5569 else 5570 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 5571 5572 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 5573 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 5574 5575 if (FD) { 5576 FD->setBody(Body); 5577 if (FD->isMain()) { 5578 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 5579 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 5580 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 5581 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 5582 } 5583 5584 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5585 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 5586 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5587 FD->getResultType(), FD); 5588 5589 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 5590 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 5591 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 5592 5593 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 5594 } 5595 5596 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 5597 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 5598 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 5599 MD->setBody(Body); 5600 if (Body) 5601 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 5602 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5603 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 5604 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 5605 MD->getResultType(), MD); 5606 } 5607 } else { 5608 return 0; 5609 } 5610 5611 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 5612 if (Body) { 5613 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 5614 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 5615 // Verify this. 5616 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 5617 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 5618 5619 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5620 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5621 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 5622 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 5623 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 5624 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 5625 5626 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 5627 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 5628 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 5629 5630 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 5631 Destructor->getParent()); 5632 } 5633 5634 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5635 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5636 // deletion in some later function. 5637 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5638 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5639 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 5640 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 5641 // enabled. 5642 ActivePolicy = &WP; 5643 } 5644 5645 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 5646 } 5647 5648 if (!IsInstantiation) 5649 PopDeclContext(); 5650 5651 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 5652 5653 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5654 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5655 // deletion in some later function. 5656 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5657 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5658 5659 return dcl; 5660} 5661 5662/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 5663/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 5664NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 5665 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 5666 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 5667 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 5668 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 5669 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 5670 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5671 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 5672 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 5673 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 5674 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5675 return Pos->second; 5676 } 5677 5678 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 5679 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 5680 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 5681 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 5682 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5683 else 5684 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5685 5686 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 5687 const char *Dummy; 5688 DeclSpec DS; 5689 unsigned DiagID; 5690 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 5691 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 5692 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 5693 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 5694 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(ParsedAttributes(), 5695 false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 5696 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 5697 false, SourceLocation(), 5698 false, 0,0,0, Loc, Loc, D), 5699 SourceLocation()); 5700 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 5701 5702 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 5703 5704 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 5705 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5706 5707 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 5708 FD->setImplicit(); 5709 5710 CurContext = PrevDC; 5711 5712 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 5713 5714 return FD; 5715} 5716 5717/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 5718/// the declaration of this function. 5719/// 5720/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 5721/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 5722/// like NSLog or printf. 5723void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 5724 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5725 return; 5726 5727 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 5728 // actual attributes. 5729 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5730 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 5731 unsigned FormatIdx; 5732 bool HasVAListArg; 5733 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 5734 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5735 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5736 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 5737 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5738 } 5739 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 5740 HasVAListArg)) { 5741 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5742 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5743 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 5744 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5745 } 5746 5747 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 5748 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 5749 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 5750 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 5751 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 5752 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 5753 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5754 } 5755 5756 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 5757 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5758 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 5759 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5760 } 5761 5762 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 5763 if (!Name) 5764 return; 5765 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5766 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 5767 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 5768 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 5769 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 5770 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 5771 // about. 5772 } else 5773 return; 5774 5775 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 5776 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 5777 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 5778 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 5779 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 5780 } else 5781 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5782 "printf", 1, 5783 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 5784 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 5785 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 5786 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 5787 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5788 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5789 "printf", 2, 5790 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 5791 } 5792} 5793 5794TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 5795 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 5796 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 5797 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 5798 5799 if (!TInfo) { 5800 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 5801 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5802 } 5803 5804 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 5805 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 5806 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5807 D.getIdentifier(), 5808 TInfo); 5809 5810 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 5811 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 5812 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5813 return NewTD; 5814 } 5815 5816 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 5817 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 5818 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 5819 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 5820 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 5821 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 5822 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 5823 case TST_enum: 5824 case TST_struct: 5825 case TST_union: 5826 case TST_class: { 5827 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 5828 5829 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 5830 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 5831 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 5832 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefForAnonDecl()) break; 5833 5834 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 5835 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 5836 5837 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 5838 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 5839 break; 5840 5841 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 5842 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD); 5843 break; 5844 } 5845 5846 default: 5847 break; 5848 } 5849 5850 return NewTD; 5851} 5852 5853 5854/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 5855/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 5856/// 5857/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 5858bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 5859 TagTypeKind NewTag, 5860 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 5861 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 5862 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 5863 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 5864 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 5865 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 5866 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 5867 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 5868 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 5869 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 5870 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 5871 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 5872 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 5873 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 5874 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 5875 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 5876 if (OldTag == NewTag) 5877 return true; 5878 5879 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 5880 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 5881 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 5882 bool isTemplate = false; 5883 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 5884 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 5885 5886 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 5887 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 5888 << isTemplate << &Name 5889 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 5890 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 5891 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5892 return true; 5893 } 5894 return false; 5895} 5896 5897/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 5898/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 5899/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 5900/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 5901Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5902 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5903 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5904 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 5905 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5906 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 5907 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 5908 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 5909 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 5910 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 5911 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 5912 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 5913 5914 OwnedDecl = false; 5915 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 5916 5917 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 5918 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5919 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParameterLists.size(); 5920 bool Invalid = false; 5921 5922 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 5923 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 5924 // for non-C++ cases. 5925 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 5926 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 5927 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5928 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, 5929 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 5930 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 5931 TUK == TUK_Friend, 5932 isExplicitSpecialization, 5933 Invalid)) { 5934 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 5935 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 5936 5937 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5938 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 5939 // be a member of another template). 5940 if (Invalid) 5941 return 0; 5942 5943 OwnedDecl = false; 5944 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 5945 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 5946 TemplateParams, 5947 AS); 5948 TemplateParameterLists.release(); 5949 return Result.get(); 5950 } else { 5951 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 5952 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 5953 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 5954 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 5955 } 5956 } 5957 } 5958 5959 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 5960 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 5961 // redeclaration. 5962 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 5963 5964 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 5965 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 5966 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 5967 // type, default to int. 5968 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5969 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 5970 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 5971 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 5972 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 5973 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 5974 EnumUnderlying = TI; 5975 5976 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 5977 5978 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 5979 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 5980 << T; 5981 // Recover by falling back to int. 5982 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5983 } 5984 5985 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 5986 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 5987 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5988 5989 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 5990 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 5991 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5992 } 5993 5994 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 5995 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5996 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 5997 5998 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 5999 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 6000 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 6001 6002 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 6003 6004 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6005 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 6006 6007 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 6008 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 6009 Name = 0; 6010 goto CreateNewDecl; 6011 } 6012 6013 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 6014 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 6015 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6016 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 6017 if (!DC) { 6018 IsDependent = true; 6019 return 0; 6020 } 6021 } else { 6022 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 6023 if (!DC) { 6024 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 6025 << SS.getRange(); 6026 return 0; 6027 } 6028 } 6029 6030 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 6031 return 0; 6032 6033 SearchDC = DC; 6034 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 6035 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 6036 6037 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6038 return 0; 6039 6040 if (Previous.empty()) { 6041 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 6042 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 6043 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 6044 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 6045 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 6046 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 6047 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 6048 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6049 IsDependent = true; 6050 return 0; 6051 } 6052 6053 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 6054 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 6055 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 6056 Name = 0; 6057 Invalid = true; 6058 goto CreateNewDecl; 6059 } 6060 } else if (Name) { 6061 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 6062 // declaration or definition. 6063 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 6064 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 6065 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 6066 LookupName(Previous, S); 6067 6068 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 6069 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6070 return 0; 6071 6072 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 6073 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 6074 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 6075 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 6076 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 6077 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 6078 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6079 } 6080 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 6081 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 6082 // initial context to the translation unit. 6083 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6084 } 6085 6086 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6087 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 6088 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6089 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6090 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6091 Previous.clear(); 6092 } 6093 6094 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 6095 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 6096 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 6097 isStdBadAlloc = true; 6098 6099 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 6100 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 6101 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 6102 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 6103 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 6104 } 6105 } 6106 6107 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 6108 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 6109 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 6110 // there's a shadow friend decl. 6111 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 6112 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6113 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 6114 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 6115 6116 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6117 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 6118 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 6119 // 6120 // class-key identifier 6121 // 6122 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 6123 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 6124 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 6125 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 6126 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 6127 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 6128 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 6129 // declaration. 6130 // 6131 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 6132 // C structs and unions. 6133 // 6134 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 6135 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 6136 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 6137 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 6138 // 6139 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 6140 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 6141 // 6142 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 6143 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 6144 // lexical context, 6145 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 6146 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6147 6148 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 6149 while (S->isClassScope() || 6150 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6151 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 6152 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 6153 (S->getEntity() && 6154 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 6155 S = S->getParent(); 6156 } else { 6157 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 6158 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 6159 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 6160 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 6161 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 6162 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6163 } 6164 6165 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 6166 // diagnose some problems. 6167 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6168 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 6169 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 6170 } 6171 } 6172 6173 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6174 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 6175 6176 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 6177 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 6178 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 6179 // in C++. 6180 // 6181 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 6182 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 6183 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 6184 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 6185 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6186 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6187 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 6188 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 6189 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 6190 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 6191 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 6192 PrevDecl = Tag; 6193 Previous.clear(); 6194 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 6195 Previous.resolveKind(); 6196 } 6197 } 6198 } 6199 } 6200 6201 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6202 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 6203 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 6204 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 6205 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 6206 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 6207 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 6208 // struct or something similar. 6209 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 6210 bool SafeToContinue 6211 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 6212 Kind != TTK_Enum); 6213 if (SafeToContinue) 6214 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 6215 << Name 6216 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 6217 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 6218 else 6219 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 6220 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6221 6222 if (SafeToContinue) 6223 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 6224 else { 6225 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 6226 Name = 0; 6227 Previous.clear(); 6228 Invalid = true; 6229 } 6230 } 6231 6232 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 6233 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 6234 6235 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 6236 // returning the previous declaration. 6237 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 6238 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 6239 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 6240 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6241 return PrevTagDecl; 6242 } 6243 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6244 QualType T; 6245 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6246 T = TI->getType(); 6247 else 6248 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 6249 6250 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 6251 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 6252 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 6253 << T 6254 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 6255 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6256 return PrevTagDecl; 6257 } 6258 } 6259 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6260 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 6261 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 6262 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6263 return PrevTagDecl; 6264 } 6265 } 6266 6267 if (!Invalid) { 6268 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 6269 6270 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 6271 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 6272 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 6273 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 6274 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 6275 TUK == TUK_Friend) 6276 return PrevTagDecl; 6277 6278 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 6279 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 6280 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 6281 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 6282 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 6283 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 6284 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 6285 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 6286 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 6287 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 6288 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 6289 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6290 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 6291 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 6292 // references get the previous definition. 6293 Name = 0; 6294 Previous.clear(); 6295 Invalid = true; 6296 } 6297 } else { 6298 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 6299 // about a nested redefinition. 6300 const TagType *Tag 6301 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 6302 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 6303 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 6304 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 6305 diag::note_previous_definition); 6306 Name = 0; 6307 Previous.clear(); 6308 Invalid = true; 6309 } 6310 } 6311 6312 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 6313 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 6314 } 6315 } 6316 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 6317 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 6318 6319 } else { 6320 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 6321 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 6322 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 6323 // have distinct types. 6324 Previous.clear(); 6325 } 6326 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 6327 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 6328 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 6329 6330 6331 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 6332 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 6333 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 6334 } else { 6335 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 6336 6337 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 6338 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 6339 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 6340 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 6341 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 6342 unsigned Kind = 0; 6343 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6344 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6345 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 6346 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 6347 Invalid = true; 6348 6349 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 6350 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 6351 // do nothing 6352 6353 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 6354 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6355 unsigned Kind = 0; 6356 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6357 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6358 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 6359 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6360 Invalid = true; 6361 6362 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 6363 // case here. 6364 } else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6365 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 6366 << Name 6367 << cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)->getUnderlyingType(); 6368 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6369 Invalid = true; 6370 6371 // Otherwise, diagnose. 6372 } else { 6373 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 6374 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 6375 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 6376 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6377 Name = 0; 6378 Invalid = true; 6379 } 6380 6381 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 6382 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 6383 Previous.clear(); 6384 } 6385 } 6386 6387CreateNewDecl: 6388 6389 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 6390 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 6391 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6392 6393 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 6394 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 6395 // keyword. 6396 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 6397 6398 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 6399 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 6400 // PrevDecl. 6401 TagDecl *New; 6402 6403 bool IsForwardReference = false; 6404 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6405 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6406 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 6407 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6408 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 6409 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 6410 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 6411 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 6412 TagDecl *Def; 6413 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 6414 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 6415 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 6416 } 6417 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 6418 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 6419 << New; 6420 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6421 } else { 6422 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 6423 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6424 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 6425 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6426 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 6427 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 6428 6429 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 6430 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 6431 // the declaration context. 6432 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 6433 IsForwardReference = true; 6434 } 6435 } 6436 6437 if (EnumUnderlying) { 6438 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 6439 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6440 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 6441 else 6442 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 6443 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 6444 } 6445 6446 } else { 6447 // struct/union/class 6448 6449 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6450 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 6451 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6452 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 6453 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6454 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6455 6456 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 6457 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 6458 } else 6459 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6460 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6461 } 6462 6463 // Maybe add qualifier info. 6464 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6465 if (SS.isSet()) { 6466 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 6467 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0) { 6468 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6469 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 6470 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6471 } 6472 } 6473 else 6474 Invalid = true; 6475 } 6476 6477 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 6478 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 6479 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 6480 // 6481 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 6482 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 6483 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 6484 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 6485 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 6486 // parsing of the struct). 6487 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 6488 } 6489 6490 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 6491 // check the specialization. 6492 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 6493 Invalid = true; 6494 6495 if (Invalid) 6496 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6497 6498 if (Attr) 6499 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 6500 6501 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 6502 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 6503 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6504 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 6505 6506 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 6507 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6508 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6509 6510 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 6511 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 6512 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 6513 6514 // Set the access specifier. 6515 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 6516 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 6517 6518 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 6519 New->startDefinition(); 6520 6521 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6522 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6523 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 6524 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 6525 if (PrevDecl) 6526 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 6527 6528 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6529 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6530 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 6531 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 6532 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 6533 } else if (Name) { 6534 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 6535 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 6536 if (IsForwardReference) 6537 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6538 6539 } else { 6540 CurContext->addDecl(New); 6541 } 6542 6543 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 6544 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 6545 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 6546 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6547 II->isStr("FILE")) 6548 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 6549 6550 OwnedDecl = true; 6551 return New; 6552} 6553 6554void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6555 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6556 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6557 6558 // Enter the tag context. 6559 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 6560} 6561 6562void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6563 ClassVirtSpecifiers &CVS, 6564 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 6565 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6566 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 6567 6568 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 6569 6570 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 6571 return; 6572 6573 if (CVS.isFinalSpecified()) 6574 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(CVS.getFinalLoc(), Context)); 6575 if (CVS.isExplicitSpecified()) 6576 Record->addAttr(new (Context) ExplicitAttr(CVS.getExplicitLoc(), Context)); 6577 6578 // C++ [class]p2: 6579 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 6580 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 6581 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 6582 // as if it were a public member name. 6583 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 6584 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), 6585 CurContext, Record->getLocation(), 6586 Record->getIdentifier(), 6587 Record->getTagKeywordLoc(), 6588 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 6589 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 6590 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 6591 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 6592 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 6593 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 6594 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 6595 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 6596 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 6597 "Broken injected-class-name"); 6598} 6599 6600void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6601 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 6602 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6603 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6604 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 6605 6606 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 6607 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 6608 6609 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 6610 PopDeclContext(); 6611 6612 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 6613 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 6614} 6615 6616void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6617 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6618 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6619 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 6620 6621 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 6622 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 6623 // the FieldCollector. 6624 6625 PopDeclContext(); 6626} 6627 6628// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 6629bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6630 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 6631 bool *ZeroWidth) { 6632 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 6633 if (ZeroWidth) 6634 *ZeroWidth = true; 6635 6636 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 6637 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 6638 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6639 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 6640 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 6641 return true; 6642 if (FieldName) 6643 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 6644 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6645 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 6646 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6647 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 6648 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 6649 return true; 6650 6651 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 6652 // it now. 6653 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 6654 return false; 6655 6656 llvm::APSInt Value; 6657 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 6658 return true; 6659 6660 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 6661 *ZeroWidth = false; 6662 6663 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 6664 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 6665 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 6666 6667 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 6668 if (FieldName) 6669 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6670 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 6671 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6672 << Value.toString(10); 6673 } 6674 6675 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 6676 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 6677 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 6678 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6679 if (FieldName) 6680 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6681 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6682 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6683 6684 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6685 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6686 } 6687 6688 if (FieldName) 6689 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6690 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6691 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6692 else 6693 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6694 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6695 } 6696 } 6697 6698 return false; 6699} 6700 6701/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 6702/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 6703Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6704 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6705 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 6706 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 6707 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 6708 AS_public); 6709 return Res; 6710} 6711 6712/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 6713/// 6714FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 6715 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6716 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 6717 AccessSpecifier AS) { 6718 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6719 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6720 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6721 6722 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6723 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6724 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6725 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6726 6727 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 6728 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 6729 D.setInvalidType(); 6730 T = Context.IntTy; 6731 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 6732 } 6733 } 6734 6735 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6736 6737 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6738 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6739 6740 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 6741 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 6742 LookupName(Previous, S); 6743 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 6744 Previous.isSingleResult()) 6745 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 6746 6747 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 6748 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 6749 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 6750 6751 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6752 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6753 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6754 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6755 PrevDecl = 0; 6756 } 6757 6758 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 6759 PrevDecl = 0; 6760 6761 bool Mutable 6762 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 6763 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6764 FieldDecl *NewFD 6765 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 6766 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 6767 6768 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6769 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6770 6771 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 6772 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 6773 // with the same name in the same scope. 6774 } else if (II) { 6775 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 6776 } else 6777 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 6778 6779 return NewFD; 6780} 6781 6782/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 6783/// 6784/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 6785/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 6786/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 6787/// created. 6788/// 6789/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 6790/// 6791/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 6792FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 6793 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6794 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 6795 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 6796 SourceLocation TSSL, 6797 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 6798 Declarator *D) { 6799 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6800 bool InvalidDecl = false; 6801 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 6802 6803 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 6804 // marking this declaration as invalid. 6805 if (T.isNull()) { 6806 InvalidDecl = true; 6807 T = Context.IntTy; 6808 } 6809 6810 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 6811 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 6812 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 6813 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 6814 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6815 InvalidDecl = true; 6816 } 6817 6818 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6819 // than a variably modified type. 6820 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6821 bool SizeIsNegative; 6822 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6823 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 6824 SizeIsNegative, 6825 Oversized); 6826 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 6827 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6828 T = FixedTy; 6829 } else { 6830 if (SizeIsNegative) 6831 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 6832 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 6833 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 6834 << Oversized.toString(10); 6835 else 6836 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 6837 InvalidDecl = true; 6838 } 6839 } 6840 6841 // Fields can not have abstract class types 6842 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 6843 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6844 AbstractFieldType)) 6845 InvalidDecl = true; 6846 6847 bool ZeroWidth = false; 6848 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 6849 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 6850 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 6851 InvalidDecl = true; 6852 BitWidth = 0; 6853 ZeroWidth = false; 6854 } 6855 6856 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 6857 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 6858 unsigned DiagID = 0; 6859 if (T->isReferenceType()) 6860 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 6861 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 6862 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 6863 6864 if (DiagID) { 6865 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 6866 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 6867 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 6868 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 6869 Mutable = false; 6870 InvalidDecl = true; 6871 } 6872 } 6873 6874 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 6875 BitWidth, Mutable); 6876 if (InvalidDecl) 6877 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6878 6879 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6880 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6881 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6882 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6883 } 6884 6885 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6886 if (Record->isUnion()) { 6887 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6888 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6889 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6890 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 6891 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 6892 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 6893 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 6894 // objects. 6895 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 6896 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 6897 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6898 } 6899 } 6900 6901 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 6902 // the program is ill-formed. 6903 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 6904 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 6905 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 6906 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6907 } 6908 } 6909 } 6910 6911 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 6912 // representation, not a parser representation. 6913 if (D) 6914 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 6915 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 6916 6917 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 6918 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 6919 6920 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 6921 return NewFD; 6922} 6923 6924bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 6925 assert(FD); 6926 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 6927 6928 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6929 return true; 6930 6931 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 6932 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6933 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6934 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6935 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 6936 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 6937 // copy constructors. 6938 6939 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 6940 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 6941 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 6942 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 6943 member = CXXConstructor; 6944 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 6945 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 6946 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 6947 member = CXXDestructor; 6948 6949 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 6950 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 6951 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 6952 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 6953 return true; 6954 } 6955 } 6956 } 6957 6958 return false; 6959} 6960 6961/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 6962/// special member, figure out why. 6963void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 6964 QualType QT(T, 0U); 6965 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 6966 6967 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 6968 switch (member) { 6969 case CXXInvalid: 6970 break; 6971 6972 case CXXConstructor: 6973 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 6974 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 6975 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 6976 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 6977 ci->hasBody(body); 6978 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 6979 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 6980 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6981 return; 6982 } 6983 } 6984 6985 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 6986 return; 6987 } 6988 break; 6989 6990 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6991 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 6992 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 6993 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 6994 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6995 return; 6996 } 6997 break; 6998 6999 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7000 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 7001 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 7002 // assignment, not the type. 7003 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7004 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7005 return; 7006 } 7007 break; 7008 7009 case CXXDestructor: 7010 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 7011 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 7012 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7013 return; 7014 } 7015 break; 7016 } 7017 7018 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 7019 7020 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 7021 // but not trivial destruction. 7022 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 7023 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 7024 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 7025 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 7026 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 7027 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7028 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 7029 return; 7030 } 7031 7032 // Check for virtual methods. 7033 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 7034 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 7035 ++mi) { 7036 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 7037 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7038 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 7039 return; 7040 } 7041 } 7042 } 7043 7044 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 7045 switch (member) { 7046 case CXXConstructor: 7047 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; 7048 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7049 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 7050 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7051 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 7052 case CXXDestructor: 7053 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 7054 default: 7055 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 7056 } 7057 7058 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 7059 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 7060 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 7061 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 7062 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 7063 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 7064 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7065 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 7066 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 7067 return; 7068 } 7069 } 7070 7071 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 7072 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 7073 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 7074 ++fi) { 7075 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 7076 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7077 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 7078 7079 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 7080 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 7081 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 7082 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 7083 return; 7084 } 7085 } 7086 } 7087 7088 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 7089} 7090 7091/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 7092/// AST enum value. 7093static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 7094TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 7095 switch (ivarVisibility) { 7096 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 7097 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 7098 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 7099 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 7100 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 7101 } 7102} 7103 7104/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 7105/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 7106Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 7107 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7108 Decl *IntfDecl, 7109 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 7110 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 7111 7112 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7113 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 7114 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7115 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7116 7117 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 7118 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 7119 7120 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7121 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7122 7123 if (BitWidth) { 7124 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 7125 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 7126 D.setInvalidType(); 7127 BitWidth = 0; 7128 } 7129 } else { 7130 // Not a bitfield. 7131 7132 // validate II. 7133 7134 } 7135 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 7136 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 7137 D.setInvalidType(); 7138 } 7139 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7140 // than a variably modified type. 7141 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7142 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 7143 D.setInvalidType(); 7144 } 7145 7146 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 7147 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 7148 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 7149 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 7150 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 7151 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 7152 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 7153 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7154 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7155 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 7156 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 7157 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 7158 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 7159 } 7160 else 7161 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7162 } else { 7163 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7164 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7165 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 7166 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 7167 return 0; 7168 } 7169 } 7170 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7171 } 7172 7173 // Construct the decl. 7174 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, 7175 EnclosingContext, Loc, II, T, 7176 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 7177 7178 if (II) { 7179 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 7180 ForRedeclaration); 7181 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 7182 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7183 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7184 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7185 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7186 } 7187 } 7188 7189 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 7190 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 7191 7192 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7193 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7194 7195 if (II) { 7196 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 7197 // these to the interface. 7198 S->AddDecl(NewID); 7199 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 7200 } 7201 7202 return NewID; 7203} 7204 7205/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 7206/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 7207/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 7208/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 7209void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7210 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 7211 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 7212 return; 7213 7214 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 7215 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 7216 7217 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 7218 return; 7219 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 7220 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 7221 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 7222 return; 7223 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7224 if (!ID) { 7225 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7226 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 7227 return; 7228 } 7229 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 7230 else 7231 return; 7232 } 7233 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 7234 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 7235 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 7236 7237 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 7238 DeclLoc, 0, 7239 Context.CharTy, 7240 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 7241 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 7242 true); 7243 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 7244} 7245 7246void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 7247 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7248 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 7249 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 7250 AttributeList *Attr) { 7251 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 7252 7253 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 7254 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 7255 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7256 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 7257 return; 7258 } 7259 7260 7261 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 7262 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 7263 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 7264 7265 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7266 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 7267 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 7268 7269 // Get the type for the field. 7270 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 7271 7272 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 7273 // Remember all fields written by the user. 7274 RecFields.push_back(FD); 7275 } 7276 7277 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 7278 // diagnostics about it. 7279 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7280 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7281 continue; 7282 } 7283 7284 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 7285 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 7286 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 7287 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 7288 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 7289 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 7290 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 7291 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 7292 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 7293 // array. 7294 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 7295 // Field declared as a function. 7296 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 7297 << FD->getDeclName(); 7298 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7299 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7300 continue; 7301 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 7302 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 7303 (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 7304 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 7305 // Flexible array member. 7306 // Microsoft is more permissive regarding flexible array. 7307 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 7308 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 7309 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7310 if (Record->isUnion()) 7311 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union) 7312 << FD->getDeclName(); 7313 else if (NumFields == 1) 7314 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate) 7315 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7316 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 7317 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 7318 << FD->getDeclName(); 7319 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7320 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7321 continue; 7322 } 7323 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 7324 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 7325 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 7326 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7327 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7328 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7329 continue; 7330 } 7331 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 7332 if (Record) 7333 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7334 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 7335 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 7336 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7337 // Incomplete type 7338 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7339 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7340 continue; 7341 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7342 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 7343 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 7344 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 7345 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7346 } else { 7347 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 7348 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 7349 // structures. 7350 if (i != NumFields-1) 7351 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 7352 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7353 else { 7354 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 7355 // other structs as an extension. 7356 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 7357 << FD->getDeclName(); 7358 if (Record) 7359 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7360 } 7361 } 7362 } 7363 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7364 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7365 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 7366 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 7367 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 7368 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7369 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7370 continue; 7371 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 7372 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 7373 Record && 7374 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 7375 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 7376 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7377 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 7378 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7379 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 7380 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7381 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7382 } 7383 // Keep track of the number of named members. 7384 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 7385 ++NumNamedMembers; 7386 } 7387 7388 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 7389 if (Record) { 7390 bool Completed = false; 7391 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 7392 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 7393 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 7394 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 7395 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 7396 I != E; ++I) 7397 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 7398 7399 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 7400 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 7401 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 7402 7403 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 7404 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 7405 // problem now. 7406 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 7407 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 7408 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 7409 7410 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 7411 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 7412 M != MEnd; ++M) { 7413 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 7414 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 7415 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 7416 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 7417 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 7418 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 7419 continue; 7420 7421 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 7422 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 7423 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 7424 // program is ill-formed. 7425 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 7426 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 7427 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 7428 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7429 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 7430 OM = SO->second.begin(), 7431 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 7432 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 7433 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 7434 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 7435 7436 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7437 } 7438 } 7439 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 7440 Completed = true; 7441 } 7442 } 7443 } 7444 } 7445 7446 if (!Completed) 7447 Record->completeDefinition(); 7448 } else { 7449 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 7450 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 7451 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7452 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7453 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 7454 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7455 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 7456 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7457 } 7458 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 7459 // duplicates. 7460 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 7461 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 7462 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7463 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7464 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 7465 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 7466 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 7467 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 7468 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 7469 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 7470 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7471 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7472 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 7473 // reported as errors elsewhere. 7474 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 7475 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7476 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 7477 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7478 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 7479 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7480 } 7481 } 7482 } 7483 7484 if (Attr) 7485 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 7486 7487 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 7488 // set the visibility of this record. 7489 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7490 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 7491} 7492 7493/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 7494/// the given type T. 7495static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 7496 llvm::APSInt &Value, 7497 QualType T) { 7498 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7499 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 7500 7501 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 7502 if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 7503 --BitWidth; 7504 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 7505 } 7506 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 7507} 7508 7509// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 7510// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 7511static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 7512 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 7513 // enum checking below. 7514 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7515 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 7516 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7517 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 7518 }; 7519 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7520 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 7521 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 7522 }; 7523 7524 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 7525 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 7526 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 7527 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 7528 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 7529 return Types[I]; 7530 7531 return QualType(); 7532} 7533 7534EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 7535 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 7536 SourceLocation IdLoc, 7537 IdentifierInfo *Id, 7538 Expr *Val) { 7539 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7540 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 7541 QualType EltTy; 7542 7543 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 7544 Val = 0; 7545 7546 if (Val) { 7547 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 7548 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7549 else { 7550 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 7551 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 7552 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 7553 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 7554 Val = 0; 7555 } else { 7556 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7557 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 7558 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 7559 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 7560 // representable as an int. 7561 7562 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 7563 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 7564 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7565 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 7566 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 7567 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7568 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 7569 ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7570 } 7571 } 7572 7573 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7574 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7575 7576 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7577 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 7578 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 7579 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7580 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7581 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 7582 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7583 } else 7584 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 7585 << EltTy; 7586 } else 7587 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7588 } 7589 else { 7590 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7591 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7592 // is the type of its initializing value: 7593 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 7594 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 7595 EltTy = Val->getType(); 7596 } 7597 } 7598 } 7599 } 7600 7601 if (!Val) { 7602 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 7603 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7604 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 7605 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7606 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7607 // is the type of its initializing value: 7608 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 7609 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 7610 // 7611 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 7612 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 7613 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7614 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7615 } 7616 else { 7617 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 7618 } 7619 } else { 7620 // Assign the last value + 1. 7621 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7622 ++EnumVal; 7623 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 7624 7625 // Check for overflow on increment. 7626 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 7627 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7628 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7629 // is the type of its initializing value: 7630 // 7631 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 7632 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 7633 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 7634 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 7635 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 7636 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 7637 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 7638 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 7639 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 7640 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 7641 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7642 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 7643 ++EnumVal; 7644 if (Enum->isFixed()) 7645 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 7646 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 7647 << EnumVal.toString(10) 7648 << EltTy; 7649 else 7650 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 7651 << EnumVal.toString(10); 7652 } else { 7653 EltTy = T; 7654 } 7655 7656 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 7657 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 7658 // value, then increment. 7659 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7660 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7661 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7662 ++EnumVal; 7663 7664 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 7665 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 7666 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 7667 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 7668 // integral type. 7669 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 7670 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 7671 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7672 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7673 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 7674 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7675 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 7676 } 7677 } 7678 } 7679 7680 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 7681 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 7682 // enumerator's type. 7683 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7684 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7685 } 7686 7687 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 7688 Val, EnumVal); 7689} 7690 7691 7692Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 7693 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 7694 AttributeList *Attr, 7695 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 7696 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 7697 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 7698 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 7699 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 7700 7701 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 7702 // we find one that is. 7703 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7704 7705 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 7706 // scope. 7707 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 7708 ForRedeclaration); 7709 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7710 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7711 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 7712 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7713 PrevDecl = 0; 7714 } 7715 7716 if (PrevDecl) { 7717 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 7718 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 7719 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 7720 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 7721 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 7722 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7723 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 7724 else 7725 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 7726 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7727 return 0; 7728 } 7729 } 7730 7731 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 7732 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 7733 // name different from T: 7734 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 7735 // type 7736 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 7737 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 7738 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 7739 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 7740 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 7741 7742 EnumConstantDecl *New = 7743 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 7744 7745 if (New) { 7746 // Process attributes. 7747 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7748 7749 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 7750 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 7751 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 7752 } 7753 7754 return New; 7755} 7756 7757void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 7758 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 7759 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 7760 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 7761 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 7762 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 7763 7764 if (Attr) 7765 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 7766 7767 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 7768 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7769 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7770 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7771 if (!ECD) continue; 7772 7773 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7774 } 7775 7776 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 7777 return; 7778 } 7779 7780 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 7781 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 7782 // emit a warning. 7783 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7784 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 7785 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 7786 7787 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 7788 // reverse the list. 7789 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 7790 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 7791 7792 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 7793 bool AllElementsInt = true; 7794 7795 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7796 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7797 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7798 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7799 7800 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7801 7802 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 7803 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 7804 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 7805 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 7806 else 7807 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 7808 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 7809 7810 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 7811 if (AllElementsInt) 7812 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 7813 } 7814 7815 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 7816 QualType BestType; 7817 unsigned BestWidth; 7818 7819 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 7820 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 7821 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 7822 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 7823 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 7824 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 7825 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 7826 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 7827 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 7828 QualType BestPromotionType; 7829 7830 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 7831 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 7832 // enum definitions. 7833 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 7834 Packed = true; 7835 7836 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7837 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7838 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 7839 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 7840 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 7841 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7842 } 7843 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 7844 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 7845 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 7846 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7847 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 7848 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 7849 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7850 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 7851 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 7852 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 7853 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7854 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 7855 BestType = Context.IntTy; 7856 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7857 } else { 7858 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 7859 7860 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 7861 BestType = Context.LongTy; 7862 } else { 7863 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7864 7865 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 7866 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 7867 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 7868 } 7869 } 7870 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 7871 } else { 7872 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 7873 // all of the enumerator values. 7874 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7875 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 7876 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7877 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7878 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7879 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 7880 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7881 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7882 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7883 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 7884 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 7885 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7886 BestPromotionType 7887 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7888 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7889 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 7890 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 7891 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 7892 BestPromotionType 7893 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7894 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7895 } else { 7896 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7897 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 7898 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 7899 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 7900 BestPromotionType 7901 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7902 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7903 } 7904 } 7905 7906 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 7907 // the type of the enum if needed. 7908 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7909 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7910 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7911 7912 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 7913 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 7914 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 7915 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 7916 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 7917 7918 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 7919 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7920 7921 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 7922 // the enum decl type. 7923 QualType NewTy; 7924 unsigned NewWidth; 7925 bool NewSign; 7926 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7927 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 7928 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 7929 NewWidth = IntWidth; 7930 NewSign = true; 7931 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 7932 // Already the right type! 7933 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7934 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7935 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7936 // enumeration. 7937 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7938 continue; 7939 } else { 7940 NewTy = BestType; 7941 NewWidth = BestWidth; 7942 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 7943 } 7944 7945 // Adjust the APSInt value. 7946 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 7947 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 7948 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 7949 7950 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 7951 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 7952 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 7953 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 7954 CK_IntegralCast, 7955 ECD->getInitExpr(), 7956 /*base paths*/ 0, 7957 VK_RValue)); 7958 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7959 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7960 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7961 // enumeration. 7962 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7963 else 7964 ECD->setType(NewTy); 7965 } 7966 7967 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 7968 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 7969} 7970 7971Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *expr) { 7972 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 7973 7974 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7975 Loc, AsmString); 7976 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7977 return New; 7978} 7979 7980void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7981 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7982 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 7983 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 7984 7985 if (PrevDecl) { 7986 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 7987 } else { 7988 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7989 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 7990 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 7991 } 7992} 7993 7994void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7995 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 7996 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7997 SourceLocation NameLoc, 7998 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 7999 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 8000 LookupOrdinaryName); 8001 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 8002 8003 if (PrevDecl) { 8004 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 8005 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8006 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 8007 } else { 8008 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8009 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 8010 } 8011} 8012